The Biology of Belief

From Braulio

Jump to: navigation, search

ceMt3v <a href="http://vrqoauytpvgc.com/">vrqoauytpvgc</a>, [url=http://dynxcqrqklek.com/]dynxcqrqklek[/url], [link=http://fxpcvrzmpvrm.com/]fxpcvrzmpvrm[/link], http://pdvfsclhlehd.com/

[edit] Book

The Biology of Belief
Unleashing the Power of Consciousness, Matter and Miracles
by

Bruce H. Lipton, Ph.D.

www. brucelipton. com
[1]
CONTENTS
Acknowledgments...................................9

Prologue..........................................15

Introduction........................................19

Chapter 1 Lessons From The Petri Dish:

In Praise Of Smart Cells And Smart Students.........31

Chapter 2 It's The Environment, Stupid.................49

Chapter 3 The Magical Membrane.....................75

Chapter 4 The New Physics:

Planting Both Feet Firmly On Thin Air...............95

Chapter 5 Biology Of Belief..........................123

Chapter 6 Growth And Protection....................145

Chapter 7 Conscious Parenting:

Parents As Genetic Engineers.....................155

Epilogue Spirit And Science.........................183

Addendum.......................................203

References........................................207

Index............................................212

This book is dedicated to.
File:Bruce Lipton - The Biology of Belief-5.jpg
GAIA
The Mother of Us All
May She forgive us our trespasses. To my own mother, Gladys
who has continuously encouraged and supported me while being patient for the twenty years it took to get this book out.

To my daughters, Tanya and Jennifer

beautiful women of the world who have always been there for me
...no matter how weird things had become. And especially to my darling, Margaret Horton my best friend, my life partner, my love. May we continue on our joyous quest to live happily ever after!
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Much has transpired between my scientific inspiration and the cre­ation of this book. During this time of great personal transformation, 1 was blessed and guided by both spiritual and incarnate muses —the inspiring spirits of the arts. I am particularly indebted to the following who have helped make this book a reality.

The Muses of Science: I am indebted to the spirits of science, for I am fully aware that forces outside of myself have guided me in bringing this message to the world. Special blessings to my heroes, Jean-Baptiste de Monet de Lamarck and Albert Einstein, for their world-changing spiritual and scientific contributions.

The Muses of Literature: The intention to write a book on the new biology was spawned in 1985, though it was not until Patricia A. King came into my life in 2003 that this book could come into reality. Patricia is a Bay Area freelance writer and former Newsweek reporter who worked for a decade as the magazine's San Francisco Bureau Chief. I will never forget our first meeting wherein I overwhelmed her with a lengthy new science tutorial and then burdened her with a truckload of aborted manuscripts, sheaves of innumerable articles I had written, boxes overflowing with video-taped lectures and stacks of scientific reprints.

Only as she was driving away, did I realize the monumental nature of the task 1 was asking of her. Without formal training in cell biology and physics, Patricia accomplished miracles in downloading and understanding the new science. In a very short time, she not only learned the new biology, she was even able to expand on its topics. Her amazing skills at integrating, editing and synthesizing informa­tion are responsible for the clarity of this book.

Patricia works on book projects, newspaper and magazine stories that focus on health issues, especially mind-body medicine and the role stress plays in disease. Her work has appeared in publications such as the Los Angeles Times, Southwest Airline's Spirit magazine and

9
Common Ground magazine. A native of Boston, King lives in Marin with her husband, Harold and their daughter, Anna. I am in deep appreciation and gratitude to Patricia for her efforts and look forward to the opportunity of writing another book with her in the future.

T)ie Muses of the Arts: In 1980 I left academia and went "on the road" presenting a touring light show called The Laser Symphony. The heart and brains of our spectacular laser production was Robert Mueller, a visionary artist and computer graphics genius. Wise beyond his teenage years, Bob drank in the new science I was working on, first as a student and later as my "spiritual son." Years ago he offered, and I accepted, his bid to create a cover for the book whenev­er it would appear.

Bob Mueller is cofounder and creative director of LightSpeed Design, Bellevue, Washington. He and his company have produced award winning 3-D light and sound shows for science museums and planetariums around the world. Their edutainment show on the fragile ecology of our oceans was an honored presentation, seen by 16,000 viewers daily at the World's Expo held in Lisbon, Portugal (1998). Bob's creative endeavors can be sampled at www.lightspeeddesign.com.

Bob's work, inspired by science and the Light, is beautiful and pro­found. I am honored to have his contribution as the cover art, the image that will introduce this new awareness to the public.

Muses of Music: From the conception of this new science to the sub­mission of the book, I have been continuously encouraged and ener­gized by the music of Yes and especially the lyrics of their vocalist Jon Anderson. Their music and message reveal an inner knowing and understanding of the new science. The music of Yes speaks to the fact that we are all connected to the Light. Their songs emphasize how our experiences, our beliefs and our dreams shape our lives and influence those of our children. What takes me pages of text to explain, Yes can say in a few powerful and poignant lines. You guys are great!

Regarding the physical production of this book, I sincerely want to thank the New York publishers who turned down the book proposal. Without you, I was able to create my own book—just like I wanted to

10
do. I am indebted to Mountain of Love Productions, Inc. for investing time and resources into publishing this book. Toward that end, espe­cial appreciation goes out to Dawson Church of Author's Publishing Cooperative. Dawson enabled us to have the best of both worlds, the personal management afforded by self-publishing and the marketing experience of a major publishing house. Thanks to Geralyn Gendreau for her support of this work and bringing it to the attention of Dawson Church. Dear friend and public relations specialist Shelly Keller has given generously of her time in providing professional editing skills.

Thanks to all of the students and attendees of my classes, lec­tures, and seminars who over the years persistently enquired, "Where's the book???" OK, OK, here it is! Your continued encour­agement is deeply appreciated.

I would like to honor some very important teachers who have pro­vided guidance in my scientific career. First and foremost, my father, Eli, who instilled in me a sense of purpose, and as importantly, encour­aged me to "think outside of the box." Thanks, Dad.

David Banglesdorf, the elementary school science teacher who introduced me to the world of cells and ignited my passion for science. The brilliant Irwin R. Konigsberg, Ph.D., who took me under his wing and mentored my doctoral education. I shall forever remember our eureka moments and the passion for science we shared.

I am indebted to Professor Theodore Hollis, Ph.D. (Perm State University) and Klaus Bensch, M.D., Chairman of Pathology (Stanford University), the first "real" scientists who understood my heretical ideas. Each of these distinguished researchers encouraged and sup­ported my efforts by providing me with space in their laboratories to investigate the ideas presented in this book.

In 1995 Gerard Clum, D.C., President, Life College of Chiropractic West, invited me to teach Fractal Biology, my very own course on the new science. I am in gratitude for Gerry's support, for he introduced me to the life-enhancing worlds of chiropractic and complementary medicine.

11
At the first public presentation of this material in 1985 I met Lee Pulos, Ph.D., Assistant Professor Emeritus, Department of Psychology at the University of British Columbia. Over the years, Lee has been a great supporter of, and contributor to, the new biology presented in this book. My partner and esteemed colleague Rob Williams, M.A., developer of Psych-K, contributed to this project by helping bridge the science of cells with the mechanics of human psychology.

Discussions of science and its role in civilization with Curt Rexroth, D.C., a dear friend and wizard of philosophy, have brought great awareness and joy to my life. Collaboration with Theodore Hall, Ph.D. offered wonderful and profound insights correlating the histo­ries of cellular evolution and human civilization.

I sincerely want to thank Gregg Braden for his wonderful scientif­ic insights, his suggestions regarding pubhshing, and for providing the intriguing subtitle of this book.

Each of the following, dear and trusted friends, read and critiqued this work. Their contributions were vital in bringing this book to you. I personally want to thank each of them: Terry Bugno, M.D., David Chamberlain, Ph.D., Barbara Findeisen, M.F.T., Shelly Keller, Mary Kovacs, Alan Mande, Nancy Marie, Michael Mendizza, Ted Morrison, Robert and Susan Mueller, Lee Pulos, Ph.D., Curt Rexroth, D.C., Christine Rogers, Will Smith, Diana Sutter, Thomas Verney, M.D., Rob and Lanita Williams, and Donna Wonder.

I am grateful for the love and support offered by my sister Marsha and brother David. I am particularly proud of David for what he jok­ingly refers to as "breaking the circle of violence" and becoming a great dad to his son Alex.

Much appreciation goes out to Doug Parks of Spirit 2000, Inc. for his outstanding support of this project. Upon hearing the new biology, Doug fully dedicated his efforts to getting this message out to the world. Doug has produced video-lectures and workshops that have broadened public awareness of this material and have opened the doors to many seeking self-empowerment. Thank you, dear brother.

12
These acknowledgments would not be complete without a most special thank you to Margaret Horton. Margaret has been the driving force behind the scenes that has empowered the writing and material­ization of this book. What ever I write and say, my darling...it was done in love for you!
13
PROLOGUE
"If you could be anybody ...who would you be?" I used to spend an inordinate amount of time pondering that question. I was obsessed with the fantasy that I could change my identity because I wanted to be anybody but me. I had a good career as a cell biologist and medical school professor, but that didn't make up for the fact that my person­al life was at best, a shambles. The harder I tried to find happiness and satisfaction in my personal life, the more dissatisfied and unhappy I became. In my more reflective moments, I resolved to surrender to my unhappy life. 1 decided that fate had dealt me a bad hand and I should simply make the best of it. A victim of life. Que sera, sera.

My depressed, fatalistic attitude changed in one transformational moment in the fall of 1985.1 had resigned my tenured position at the University of Wisconsin's School of Medicine and was teaching at an offshore medical school in the Caribbean. Because the school was so far out of the academic mainstream, I started thinking outside the rigid parameters of belief that prevail in conventional academia. Far from those ivory towers, isolated on an emerald island in the deep azure Caribbean Sea, I experienced a scientific epiphany that shattered my beliefs about the nature of life.

My life-changing moment occurred while I was reviewing research on the mechanisms by which cells control their physiology and behavior. Suddenly I realized that a cell's life is controlled by the physical and energetic environment and not by its genes. Genes are simply molecular blueprints used in the construction of cells, tissues and organs. The environment serves as a "contractor" who reads and engages those genetic blueprints and is ultimately responsible for the character of a cell's life. It is a single cell's "awareness" of the environ­ment, not its genes, that sets into motion the mechanisms of life.

As a cell biologist I knew that my insights had powerful ramifica­tions for my life and the lives of all human beings. I was acutely aware that every human being is made up of approximately fifty trillion sin-

15
gle cells. I had devoted my professional life to better understanding single cells because I knew then, and know now, that the better we understand single cells the better we can understand the community of cells that comprise each human body. I knew that if single cells are controlled by their awareness of the environment so too are we tril­lion-celled human beings. Just like a single cell, the character of our lives is determined not by our genes but by our responses to the envi­ronmental signals that propel life.

On the one hand my new understanding of the nature of life was a jolt. For close to two decades I had been programming biology's Central Dogma — the belief that life is controlled by genes — into the minds of medical students. On the other hand, on an intuitive level my new understanding was not a complete surprise. I had always had nig­gling doubts about genetic determinism. Some of those doubts stemmed from my eighteen years of government-funded research on cloned stem cells. Though it took a sojourn outside of traditional acad-emia for me to fully realize it, my research offers incontrovertible proof that biology's most cherished tenets regarding genetic deter­minism are fundamentally flawed.

My new understanding of the nature of life not only corroborated my research, but also, I realized, contradicted another belief of main­stream science that I had been propounding to my students — the belief that allopathic medicine is the only kind of medicine that merits con­sideration in medical school. By finally giving the energy-based envi­ronment its due, it provided the foundation for the science and philosophy of complementary medicine and the spiritual wisdom of ancient and modern faiths as well as for allopathic medicine.

On a personal level, I knew at the moment of insight that I had got­ten myself stuck because I falsely believed that I was fated to have a spectacularly unsuccessful personal life. There is no doubt that human beings have a great capacity for sticking to false beliefs with great pas­sion and tenacity and hyper-rational scientists are not immune. Our well-developed nervous systems headed by our big brains means that our awareness is more complicated than single cells. When our

16
uniquely human minds get involved we can choose to perceive the environment in different ways, unlike single cells whose awareness is more reflexive.

I was exhilarated by new realization that I could change the char­acter of my life by changing my beliefs. I was instantly energized because I realized that there was a science-based path that would take me from my job as a perennial "victim" to my new job as "co-creator" of my destiny.

It has been twenty years since that magical night in the Caribbean when I had my life-changing moment of insight. In those years, bio­logical research has continued to corroborate the knowledge I gained on that early morning in the Caribbean. We are living in exciting times, for science is in the process of shattering old myths and rewriting a fundamental belief oi human civilization. The belief that we are frail bio­chemical machines controlled by genes is giving way to an under­standing that we are powerful creators of our lives and the world in which we live.

For two decades I have been passing on this paradigm-busting sci­entific information to hundreds of audiences throughout the United States, Canada, Australia and New Zealand. The response by people who have, like me, made use of this knowledge in rewriting the scripts of their lives has brought great joy and satisfaction into my life. As we all know, knowledge is power and consequently, knowledge of self provides self-empowerment.

Now I offer this empowering information to you in The Biology of Belief. It is my sincerest hope that you will recognize that many of the beliefs that propel your life are false and self-limiting and that you will be inspired to change those beliefs. You can take back control of your life and set out on the road to health and happiness.

This information is powerful. I know it is. The life I have created using this information is so much richer and satisfying, I no longer ask myself: "If I could be anybody, who would I be?" For now, the answer is a no-brainer. I want to be me!

17
INTRODUCTION
The Magic of Cells

I was seven years old when I stepped up onto a small box in Mrs. Novak's second grade classroom, high enough to plop my eye right onto the lens and eyepiece of a microscope. Alas, I was too close to see anything but a blob of light. Finally I calmed down enough to listen to instructions to back off from the eyepiece. And then it happened, an event so dramatic that it would set the course for the rest of my life. A Paramecium swam into the field. I was mesmerized. The raucous din of the other kids faded, as did the back-to-school smells of freshly sharpened pencils, new waxy crayons and plastic Roy Rogers pencil cases. My whole being was transfixed by the alien world of this cell that for me was more exciting than today's computer-animated special effects movies.

In the innocence of my child mind, I saw this organism not as a cell, but as a microscopic person, a thinking, sentient being. Rather than aimlessly moving around, this microscopic, single-celled organ­ism appeared to me to be on a mission, though what kind of mission I didn't know. I quietly watched over the Paramecium's "shoulder" as it busily comported itself in and around the algal mat. While I was focusing on the Paramecium, a large pseudopod of a gangly amoeba began to ooze into the field.

Just then my visit to this Lilliputian world ended abruptly when Glenn, the class bully, yanked me off the step and demanded his turn at the microscope. I tried to get Mrs. Novak's attention, hoping that Glenn's personal foul would get me another minute at the microscope free-throw line. But it was just minutes before lunch time and the other kids in line were clamoring for their turn. Immediately after school, I ran home and excitedly relayed my microscopic adventure to my mother. Using my best second-grade powers of persuasion, I asked, then begged, then cajoled my mother into getting me a microscope, where I would spend hours mesmerized by this alien world that I could access via the miracle of optics.

19
Later, in graduate school, 1 advanced to an electron microscope. The advantage of an electron microscope over a conventional light microscope is that it is a thousand times more powerful. The difference between the two microscopes is analogous to the difference between the 25<T observation telescopes used by tourists to observe scenic vistas and the orbiting Hubble telescope that transmits images of deep space. Entering the electron microscopy suite of a laboratory is a rite of pas­sage for aspiring biologists. You enter through a black revolving door, similar to the ones separating photographic darkrooms from illumi­nated work areas.

I remember the first time I stepped into the revolving door and began to turn it. I was in darkness between two worlds, my life as a student and my future life as a research scientist. When the door com­pleted its rotation, I was deposited into a large, dark chamber, dimly lit by several red photographic safelights. As my eyes adapted to the available light I gradually became awed by what stood before me. The red lights were reflecting eerily off the mirrored surface of a massive, foot-thick chromium steel column of electromagnetic lenses that rose to the ceiling in the center of the room. Spreading out on either side at the base of the column was a large control console. The console resem­bled the instrument panels of a Boeing 747, filled with switches, illu­minated gauges and multicolored indicator lamps. Large tentacle-like arrays of thick power cords, water hoses and vacuum lines radiated from the base of the microscope like tap roots at the base of an old oak tree. The sound of clanking vacuum pumps and the whir of refrigerat­ed water recirculators filled the air. For all I knew, I had just emerged on to the command deck of the U.S.S. Enterprise. Apparently, it was Captain Kirk's day off, for sitting at the console was one of my profes­sors, who was engaged in the elaborate procedure of introducing a tis­sue specimen into a high-vacuum chamber in the middle of the steel column.

While the minutes passed, I experienced a feeling reminiscent of that day in second grade when I first saw a cell. Finally, a green fluo­rescent image appeared on the phosphor screen. The presence of dark­ly stained cells could barely be discerned in the plastic sections, which

20
were enlarged to about thirty times their original size. Then the mag­nification was increased, one step at a time. First 100X, then 1000X, and then 10,000X. When we finally hit warp drive, the cells were magnified to over 100,000 times their original size. It was indeed Star Trek, but rather than entering outer space we were going deep into inner space where "no man has gone before." One moment I was observing a miniature cell and seconds later I was flying deep into its molecular architecture.

My awe at being at the edge of this scientific frontier was palpable. So was my excitement when I was made honorary co-pilot. I put my hands on the controls so that I could "fly" over this alien cellular land­scape. My professor was my tour guide, pointing out notable land­marks: "Here's a mitochondrion, there's the Golgi body, over there is a nuclear pore, this is a collagen molecule, that's a ribosome."

Most of the rush I experienced came from my vision of myself as a pioneer, traversing territory that had never been seen by human eyes. While the light microscope gave me an awareness of cells as sentient creatures, it was the electron microscope that brought me face to face with the molecules that were the very foundation of life itself. I knew that buried within the cytoarchitecture of the cell were clues that would provide insight into the mysteries of life.

For a brief moment, the microscope's portholes became a crystal ball; in the eerie green glow of its fluorescent screen I saw my future. I knew I was going to be a cellular biologist whose research would focus on scmtinizing every nuance of the cell's ultrastructure to gain insights into the secrets of cellular life. As I had learned early on in graduate school, the structure and function of biological organisms are intimately intertwined. By correlating the cell's microscopic anatomy with its behavior, I was sure to gain insight into the nature of Nature. Throughout graduate school, postdoctoral research and into my career as a medical school professor, my waking hours were consumed by explorations into the cell's molecular anatomy. For locked within the cell's structure were the secrets of its functions.

My exploration of the "secrets of life" led me into a research career studying the character of cloned human cells grown in tissue culture.

21
Ten years after my first close encounter with an EM, I was a tenured faculty member at the prestigious University of Wisconsin School of Medicine, internationallv recognized for my research on cloned stem cells and honored for my teaching skills. I had graduated to more powerful electron microscopes that allowed me to take three-dimen­sional CAT scan-like rides through organisms where I came face to face with the molecules that are the very foundation of life itself. Though my tools were more sophisticated, my approach hadn't changed. I had never lost my seven-year-old conviction that the lives of the cells I studied had purpose.

Unfortunately, I had no such conviction that my own life had a purpose. I didn't believe in God, though I confess that on occasion I entertained the notion of a God who ruled with an extremely honed sense of perverse humor. I was after all a traditional biologist for whom God's existence is an unnecessary question: life is the conse­quence of blind chance, the flip of a friendly card or, to be more pre­cise, the random shake of genetic dice. The motto of our profession since the time of Charles Darwin, has been, "God? We don't need no steenking God!"

It's not that Darwin denied the existence of God. He simply implied that chance, not Divine intervention, was responsible for the character of life on Earth. In his 1859 book, 77k? Origin of Species, Darwin said that individual traits are passed from parents to their chil­dren. He suggested that "hereditary factors" passed from parent to child control the characteristics of an individual's life. That bit of insight set scientists off on a frenzied attempt to dissect life down to its molecular nuts and bolts, for within the structure of the cell was to be found the heredity mechanism that controlled life.

The search came to a remarkable end 50 years ago when James Watson and Francis Crick described the structure and function of the DNA double helix, the material of which genes are made. Scientists finally figured out the nature of the "hereditary factors" that Darwin had written about in the 19th century. The tabloids heralded the brave new world of genetic engineering with its promise of designer babies and magic bullet medical treatments. I vividly remember the large

22
block print headlines that filled the front page on that memorable day in 1953: "Secret of Life Discovered".

Like the tabloids, biologists jumped on the gene bandwagon. The mechanism by which DNA controls biological life became the Central Dogma of molecular biology, painstakingly spelled out in textbooks. In the long-running debate over nature v. nurture, the pendulum swung decidedly to nature. At first DNA was thought to be responsi­ble only for our physical characteristics, but then we started believing that our genes control our emotions and behaviors as well. So if you are born with a defective happiness gene, you can expect to have an unhappy life.

Unfortunately, I thought I was one of those people victimized by a missing or mutant happiness gene. I was reeling from a relentless bar­rage of debilitating emotional roundhouse punches. My father had just died after a long, pain-fraught battle with cancer. I was his principal caretaker and had spent the previous four months flying back and forth between my job in Wisconsin and his home in New York every three or four days. In between stays at his deathbed, I was trying to maintain a research program, teach, and write a major grant renewal for the National Institutes of Health.

To further compound my stress levels, I was in the midst of an emotionally draining and economically devastating divorce. My finan­cial resources were rapidly depleted as I tried to feed and clothe my new dependents, the judicial system. Economically challenged and homeless, I found myself living pretty much out of a suitcase in a most abysmal "garden" apartment complex. Most of my neighbors were hoping to "upgrade" their living standards by seeking accommoda­tions in trailer parks. I was particularly scared of my next-door neigh­bors. My apartment was broken into and my new stereo system was stolen in my first week of residence. A week later, six-foot tall, three-foot wide Bubba knocked on my door. Holding a quart of beer in one hand and picking his teeth with a ten-penny nail held in the other, Bubba wanted to know if I had the directions for the tape deck.

The nadir was the day I threw the phone through the glass door of my office, shattering the "Bruce H. Lipton, Ph.D. Associate Professor

23
of Anatomy, U.W. School of Medicine" sign, all the while screaming "Get me out of here!" My meltdown was precipitated by a phone call from a banker, who politely but firmly told me he couldn't approve my mortgage application. It was like the scene from "Terms of Endearment" when Debra Winger aptly responds to her husband's hopes for tenure: "We don't have enough money to pay the bills now. All tenure means is we won't have enough money forever!"

The Magic of Cells—Déjà Vu

Luckily, I found an escape in the form of a short-term sabbatical at a medical school in the Caribbean. I knew all my problems would not disappear there, but as the jet broke through the gray cloud cover above Chicago, it felt that way. I bit the inside of my cheek to prevent the smile on my face from evolving into audible laughter. I felt as joy­ful as my seven-year-old self, first discovering my life's passion, the magic of cells.

My mood lifted even more on the six-passenger commuter plane that took me to Montserrat, a mere four by twelve mile dot in the Caribbean Sea. If there ever was a Garden of Eden, it probably would have resembled my new island home, erupting out of the sparkling aquamarine sea like a giant multifaceted emerald. When we landed, the gardenia-laced balmy breezes that swept the airport's tarmac were intoxicating.

The native custom was to dedicate the sunset period as a time of quiet contemplation, a custom I readily adopted. As each day wound down, I looked forward to the heavenly light show. My house, situat­ed on a cliff fifty feet above the ocean, faced due west. A winding path through a tree-covered fern grotto led me down to the water. At the bottom of the grotto, an opening through a wall of jasmine bushes revealed a secluded beach, where I enhanced the sunset ritual by washing away the day with a few "laps" in the warm, gin-clear water. After my swim, I would mold the beach sand into a comfortable recliner, sit back, and watch the sun set slowly into the sea.

On that remote island I was out of the rat race and free to see the world without the blinders of civilization's dogmatic beliefs. At first

24
my mind was constantly reviewing and critiquing the debacle that was my life. But soon my mental Siskel and Ebert ceased their thumbs up/thumbs down review of my forty years. I began to re-experience what it was like to live in the moment and for the moment. To became reacquainted with sensations last experienced as a carefree child. To again feel the pleasure of being alive.

I became more human and more humane while living in that island paradise. I also became a better cell biologist. Almost all of my formal scientific training was in sterile, lifeless classrooms, lecture halls and laboratories. However, once I was immersed in the Caribbean's rich ecosystem, I began to appreciate biology as a living, breathing integrated system rather than a collection of individual species sharing a piece of the earth's turf.

Sitting quietly within garden-like island jungles and snorkeling among the jeweled coral reefs gave me a window into the island's amazing integration of plant and animal species. All live in a delicate, dynamic balance, not only with other life forms, but with the physical environment as well. It was life's harmony —not life's struggle — that sang out to me as I sat in the Caribbean Garden of Eden. I became con­vinced that contemporary biology pays too little attention to the important role of cooperation, because its Darwinian roots emphasize life's competitive nature.

To the chagrin of my U.S. faculty colleagues, I returned to Wisconsin a screaming radical bent on challenging the sacred founda­tional beliefs of biology. I even began to openly criticize Charles Darwin and the wisdom of his theory of evolution. In the eyes of most other biologists, my behavior was tantamount to a priest bursting into the Vatican and claiming the Pope was a fraud.

My colleagues could be forgiven for thinking a coconut had hit me on the head when I quit my tenured position and, fulfilling my life's dream to be in a rock 'n' roll band, took off on a music tour. I discov­ered Yanni, who eventually became a big celebrity, and produced a laser show with him. But it soon became clear that I had a lot more aptitude for teaching and research than I did for producing rock 'n' roll shows. I wound down my midlife crisis, which I'll describe in

25
more agonizing detail in a later chapter, by giving up the music busi­ness and returning to the Caribbean to teach cell biology again.

My final stop in conventional academia was at Stanford University's School of Medicine. By that time I was an unabashed pro­ponent of a "new" biology. I had come to question not only Darwin's dog-eat-dog version of evolution, but also biology's Central Dogma, the premise that genes control life. That scientific premise has one major flaw—genes cannot turn themselves on or off. In more scientif­ic terms, genes are not "self-emergent." Something in the environment has to trigger gene activity. Though that fact had already been estab­lished by frontier science, conventional scientists blinded by genetic dogma had simply ignored it. My outspoken challenge of the Central Dogma turned me into even more of a scientific heretic. Not only was I a candidate for excommunication, I was now suitable for burning at the stake!

In a lecture during my interview at Stanford, I found myself accus­ing the gathered faculty, many of them internationally recognized geneticists, of being no better than religious fundamentalists for adher­ing to the Central Dogma despite evidence to the contrary. After my sacrilegious comments, the lecture room erupted into shouts of out­rage that I thought meant the end of my job application. Instead, my insights concerning the mechanics of a new biology proved to be provocative enough to get me hired. With the support of some emi­nent scientists at Stanford, especially from the Pathology Department's chairman, Dr. Klaus Bensch, I was encouraged to pursue my ideas and apply them to research on cloned human cells. To the surprise of those around me, the experiments fully supported the alternative view of biology that I was postulating. I published two papers based on this research and left academia, this time for good. [Lipton, et al, 1991,1992]

I left because, despite the support 1 got at Stanford, I felt that my message was falling on deaf ears. Since my departure, new research has consistently validated my skepticism about the Central Dogma and the primacy of DNA in controlling life. In fact, epigenetics, the study of the molecular mechanisms by which environment controls

26
gene activity, is today one of the most active areas of scientific research. The newly emphasized role of the environment in regulating gene activity was the focus of my cell research twenty-five years ago, long before the field of epigenetics was even established. [Lipton 1977a, 1977b] While that is gratifying for me intellectually, I know that if I were teaching and researching in a medical school, my colleagues would still be wondering about those coconuts, because in the last decade I have become even more of a radical by academia's standards. My preoccupation with a new biology has become more than an intel­lectual exercise. I believe that cells teach us not only about the mecha­nisms of life, but also teach us how to live rich, full lives.

In ivory tower science that kind of thinking would no doubt win me the wacky Dr. Dolittle award for anthropomorphism or more pre­cisely cytopomorphism—thinking like a cell, but for me it is Biology 101. You may consider yourself an individual, but as a cell biologist I can tell you that you are in truth a cooperative coirtrnunity of approx­imately 50 trillion single-celled citizens. Almost all of the cells that make up your body are amoeba-like, individual organisms that have evolved a cooperative strategy for their mutual survival. Reduced to basic terms, human beings are simply the consequence of "collective amoebic consciousness." As a nation reflects the traits of its citizens, our human-ness must reflect the basic nature of our cellular communities.

Living the Lessons of Cells

Using these cell communities as role models, I came to the conclu­sion that we are not victims of our genes, but masters of our fates, able to create lives overflowing with peace, happiness and love. I tested my hypothesis in my own life after a nudge from my audiences, who asked me why my insights hadn't made me any happier. They were right: I needed to integrate my new biological awareness into my daily life. I knew I had succeeded when, on a bright Sunday morning in the Big Easy, a coffee shop waitress asked me: "Honey, you are the hap­piest person I ever did see. Tell me child, why are you so happy?" I was taken aback by her question, but nevertheless I blurted out: "I'm in Heaven!" The waitress shook her head from side to side mumbling

"My, my" and then proceeded to take my breakfast order. Well, it was true. I was happy, happier than I had ever been in my life.

A number of you critical readers may rightly be skeptical of my claim that Earth is Heaven. For by definition Heaven is also the abode of the Deity and the blessed dead. Did I really think that New Orleans, or any other major city, could be part of Heaven? Ragged homeless women and children living in alleys; air so thick that one would never know if stars really existed; river and lakes so polluted that only unimaginable "scary" life forms could exist in them. This Earth is Heaven? The Deity lives here? He knows the Deity?

The answers to those questions are: Yes, yes, and I believe I do. Well, to be completely honest, I must admit that I don't know all of the Deity personally, for I don't know all of you. For God's sake there are over six billion of YOU. And to be more fully honest, I don't really know all of the members of the plant and animal kingdom either, though I believe they also comprise God.

In the immortal words of Tool Time's Tim Taylor, "Baaaaack the truck up! Is he saying that humans are God?"

Well.. .yes I am. Of course I am not the first to have said that. It is written in Genesis that we are made in the image of God. Yes, this card-carrying rationalist is now quoting Jesus, Buddha and Rumi. I have come full circle from a reductionist, scientific take on life to a spir­itual one. We are made in the image of God and we need to put Spirit back into the equation when we want to improve our physical and our mental health.

Because we are not powerless biochemical machines, popping a pill every time we are mentally or physically out of tune is not the answer. Drugs and surgery are powerful tools, when they are not overused, but the notion of simple drug fixes is fundamentally flawed. Every time a drug is introduced into the body to correct function A, it inevitably throws off function B, C or D. It is not gene-directed hor­mones and neurotransmitters that control our bodies and our minds; our beliefs control our bodies, our minds and thus our lives.. .Oh ye of little belief!

The Light Outside of the Box

In this book I will draw the proverbial line in the sand. On one side of the line is a world defined by neo-Darwinism, which casts life as an unending war among battling, biochemical robots. On the other side of the line is the "New Biology," which casts life as a cooperative jour­ney among powerful individuals who can program themselves to cre­ate joy-filled lives. When we cross that line and truly understand the New Biology, we will no longer fractiously debate the role of nurture and nature, because we will realize that the fully conscious mind trumps both nature and nurture. And I believe we will also experience as profound a paradigmatic change to humanity as when a round-world reality was introduced to a flat-world civilization.

Humanities' majors, who may be worried that this book offers an incomprehensible science lecture, have no fear. When I was an acade­mic, I chafed at the three-piece, itchy suit, the constricting tie, the wing tip shoes, and the ^terminable meetings, but I loved to teach. And in my post-academia life, I've gotten plenty of teaching practice; I have presented the principles of the New Biology to thousands of people all around the world. Through those lectures, I have honed my presenta­tion of the science into easy-to-understand English illustrated by col­orful charts, many of which are replicated in this book.

In Chapter 1, I discuss "smart" cells and why and how they can teach us so much about our own minds and bodies. In Chapter 2,1 lay out the scientific evidence to show you genes do not control biology. I also introduce you to the exciting discoveries of epigenetics, a new field of biology that is unraveling the mysteries of how the environ­ment (nature) influences the behavior of cells without changing the genetic code. It is a field that is uncovering new complexities in the nature of disease, including cancer and schizophrenia.

Chapter 3 is about the cell's membrane, the "skin" of the cell. You no doubt have heard more about the DNA-containing nucleus of the cell than you have about its membrane. But frontier science is reveal­ing in ever greater detail what I concluded over twenty years ago, that the membrane is the true brain of the cellular operation. In Chapter 4,

29
I talk about the miiid-bending discoveries of quantum physics. Those discoveries have profound implications for understanding and treat­ing disease. However, the conventional medical establishment has not yet incorporated quantum physics into its research or medical school training, with tragic results.

In Chapter 5,1 explain why I named this book Tlie Biology of Belief. Positive thoughts have a profound effect on behavior and genes, but only when they are in harmony with subconscious programming. And negative thoughts have an equally powerful effect. When we recog­nize how these positive and negative beliefs control our biology, we can use this knowledge to create lives filled with health and happiness. Chapter 6 reveals why cells and people need to grow and how fear shuts down that growth.

Chapter 7 focuses upon conscious parenting. As parents we need to understand the role we play in programming our children's beliefs, arid the impact those beliefs have on our children's lives. This chapter is important whether you are a parent or not, for as a "former" child, the insight into our programming and its impact upon our lives is quite revealing. In, the Epilogue, I review how my understanding of the New Biology led me to realize the importance of integrating the realms of Spirit and Science, which was a radical shift from my back­ground as an agnostic scientist.

Are vou ready to use your conscious mind to create a life over­flowing with health, happiness and love without the aid of genetic engineers and without addicting yourself to drugs? Are you ready to consider an alternate reality to that provided by the medical model of the human body as a biochemical machine? There is nothing to buy and there are no policies to take out. It is just a matter of temporarily suspending the archaic beliefs you have acquired from the scientific and media establishments so that you can consider the exciting new awareness offered by leading-edge science.

30
Chapter 1
File:Bruce Lipton - The Biology of Belief-6.jpg
LESSONS FROM THE PETRI DISH: IN PRAISE OF SMART CELLS AND SMART STUDENTS
Trouble in Paradise

O n my second day in the Caribbean, as I stood in front of over a hundred visibly on-edge medical students, I suddenly real­ized that not everyone viewed the island as a laid-back refuge. For these nervous students, Montserrat was not a peaceful escape but a last-ditch chance to realize their dreams of becoming doctors.

My class was geographically homogeneous, mostly American stu­dents from the East Coast, but there were all races and ages, including a sixty-seven-year-old retiree who was anxious to do more with his life. Their backgrounds were equally varied —former elementary school teachers, accountants, musicians, a nun and even a drug smuggler.

Despite all the differences, the students shared two characteristics. One, they had failed to succeed in the highly competitive selection process that filled the limited number of positions in American med­ical schools. Two, they were "strivers" intent on becoming doctors—

31
The Biology of Belief
they were not about to be denied the opportunity to prove their qual­ifications. Most had spent their life savings or indentured themselves to cover the tuition and extra costs of living out of the country. Many found themselves completely alone for the first time in their lives, hav­ing left their families, friends and loved ones behind. They put up with the most intolerable living conditions on that campus. Yet with all the drawbacks and the odds stacked against them, they were never deterred from their quest for a medical degree.

Well, at least that was true up to the time of our first class togeth­er. Prior to my arrival, the students had had three different histol­ogy/cell biology professors. The first lecturer left the students in the lurch when he responded to some personal issue by bolting from the island three weeks into the semester. In short order, the school found a suitable replacement who tried to pick up the pieces; unfortunately he bailed three weeks later because he got sick. For the preceding two weeks a faculty member, responsible for another field of study, had been reading chapters out of a textbook to the class. This obviously bored the students to death, but the school was fulfilling a directive to provide a specified number of lecture hours for the course. Academic prerequisites set by American medical examiners have to be met in order for the school's graduates to practice in the States.

For the fourth time that semester, the weary students listened to a new professor. I briefed them on my background and my expectations for the course. I made it clear that even though we were in a foreign country, I was not going to expect any less from them than what was expected from my Wisconsin students. Nor should they want me to, because to be certified, all doctors have to pass the same Medical Boards, no matter where they go to medical school. Then I pulled a sheaf of exams out of my briefcase and told the students that I was giv­ing them a self-assessment quiz. The middle of the semester had just passed and I expected them to be familiar with half of the required course material. The test I handed out on that first day of the course consisted of twenty questions taken directly from the University of Wisconsin histology midterm exam.

32
Chapter One Lessons From the Petri Dish
The classroom was deadly silent for the first ten minutes of the testing period. Then nervous fidgeting felled the students one by one, faster than the spread of the deadly Ebola virus. By the time the twen­ty minutes allotted for the quiz were over, wide-eyed panic had gripped the class. When I said, "Stop," the pent-up nervous anxiety erupted into the din of a hundred excited conversations. I quieted the class down and began to read them the answers. The first five or six answers were met with subdued sighs. After I reached the tenth ques­tion, each subsequent answer was followed by agonizing groans. The highest score in the class was ten correct answers, followed by several students who answered seven correctly; with guesswork, most of the rest scored at least one or two correct answers.

When I looked up at the class, I was greeted with frozen, shell-shocked faces. The "strivers" found themselves behind the big eight ball. With more than half a semester behind them, they had to start the course all over again. A dark gloom overcame the students, most of whom were already treading water in their other, very demanding medical school courses. Within moments, their gloom had turned into quiet despair. In profound silence, I looked out over the students and they looked back at me. I experienced an internal ache —the class col­lectively resembled one of those Greenpeace pictures of wide-eyed baby seals just before heartless fur traders club them to death.

My heart welled. Perhaps the salt air and sweet scents had already made me more magnanimous. In any case, unexpectedly, I found myself announcing that I would make it my personal commitment to see that every student was fully prepared for the final exam, if they would commit to providing matching efforts. When they realized I was truly committed to their success, I could see the lights flash on in their previously panicked eyes.

Feeling like an embattled coach revving up the team for the Big Game, I told them I thought they were every bit as intelligent as the students I taught in the States. I told them I believed their State-side peers were simply more proficient at rote memorization, the quality that enabled them to score better in the medical college admissions

33
The Biology of Belief
tests. I also tried very hard to convince them that histology and cell biology are not intellectually difficult courses. I explained that in all of its elegance, nature employs very simple operating principles. Rather than just memorizing facts and figures, I promised they were going to gain an understanding of cells because I would present simple princi­ples on top of simple principles. I offered to provide additional night lectures, which would tax their stamina after their already long lecture and lab-packed days. The students were pumped up after my ten-minute pep talk. When the period ended, they bolted from that class­room snorting fire, determined they would not be beaten by the system.

After the students left, the enormity of the commitment I had made sank in. I started having doubts. I knew that a significant num­ber of the students were truly unqualified to be attending medical school. Many others were capable students whose backgrounds had not prepared them for the challenge. I was afraid that my island idyll would degenerate into a frenetic, time-consuming academic scrim­mage that would end in failure for my students and for me as their teacher. I started thinking about my job at Wisconsin, and suddenly it was beginning to look easy. At Wisconsin, I gave only eight lectures out of the approximately fifty that made up the histology/cell biology course. There were five members of the Anatomy Department who shared the lecturing load. Of course I was responsible for the material in all of the lectures because I was involved in their accompanying lab­oratory sessions. I was supposed to be available to answer all course-related questions asked by the students. But knowing the material and presenting lectures on the material are not the same thing!

I had a three-day weekend to wrestle with the situation I had cre­ated for myself. Had I faced a crisis such as this back home, my type A personality would have had me swinging from the proverbial chandeliers. Interestingly, as I sat by the pool, watching the sun set into the Caribbean, the potential angst simply morphed into an excit­ing adventure. I began to get excited about the fact that for the first time in my teaching career, I was solely responsible for this major

34
Chapter One Lessons From the Petri Dish
course and free from having to conform to the style and content restrictions of team-taught programs.

Cells As Miniature Humans

As it turned out, that histology course was the most exhilarating and intellectually profound period of my academic career. Free to teach the course the way I wanted to teach it, I ventured into a new way of covering the material, an approach that had been roiling in my brain for several years. I had been fascinated by the idea that consid­ering cells as "rniniature humans" would make it easier to understand their physiology and behavior. As I contemplated a new structure for the course, I got excited. The idea of overlapping cell and human biol­ogy rekindled the inspiration for science I had felt as a child. I still experienced that enthusiasm in my research laboratory, though not when I was mired in the adrriinistrative details of being a tenured fac­ulty member, including endless meetings and what for me were tortu­ous faculty parties.

I was prone to thinking of cells as human-like because, after years behind a microscope, I had become humbled by the complexity and power of what at first appear to be anatomically simple, moving blobs in a Petri dish. In school you may have learned the basic components of a cell: the nucleus that contains genetic material, the energy-pro­ducing mitochondria, the protective membrane at the outside rim, and the cytoplasm in between. But within these anatomically simple-look­ing cells is a complex world; these smart cells employ technologies that scientists have yet to fully fathom.

The notion of cells as miniature humans that I was mulling over would be considered heresy by most biologists. Trying to explain the nature of anything not human by relating it to human behavior is called anthropomorphism. "True" scientists consider anthropomor­phism to be something of a mortal sin and ostracize scientists who knowingly employ it in their work.

However, I believed though that I was breaking out of orthodoxy for a good reason. Biologists try to gain scientific understanding by

35
The Biology of Belief
observing nature and conjuring up a hypothesis of how things work. Then they design experiments to test their ideas. By necessity, deriv­ing the hypothesis and designing the experiments require the scientist to "think" how a cell or another living organism carries out its life. Applying these "human" solutions, i.e. a human view of resolving biology's mysteries, automatically makes these scientists guilty of anthropomorphizing. No matter how you cut it, biological science is based to some degree on humanizing the subject matter.

Actually, I believe that the unwritten ban on anthropomorphism is an outmoded remnant of the Dark Ages when religious authorities denied any direct relationship existed between humans and any of God's other creations. While I can see the value of the concept when people try to anthropomorphize a light bulb, a radio or a pocketknife, I do not see it as a valid criticism when it is applied to living organ­isms. Human beings are multicellular organisms—we must inherent­ly share basic behavioral patterns with our own cells.

However, I know that it takes a shift in perception to acknowledge that parallel. Historically, our Judeo-Christian beliefs have led us to think that we are the intelligent creatures who were created in a sepa­rate and distinct process from all other plants and animals. This view has us looking down our noses at lesser creatures as non-intelligent life forms, especially those organisms on the lower evolutionary rungs of life.

Nothing could be farther from the truth. When we observe other humans as individual entities or see ourselves in the mirror as an indi­vidual organism, in one sense, we are correct, at least from the per­spective of our level of observation. However, if I brought you down to the size of an individual cell so you could see your body from that perspective, it would offer a whole new view of the world. When you looked back at yourself from that perspective you would not see your­self as a single entity. You would see yourself as a bustling communi­ty of more than 50 trillion individual cells.

As I toyed with these ideas for my Histology class, the picture that kept recurring in my mind was a chart from an encyclopedia I had

36
Chapter One Lessons From the Petri Dish
used as a child. Under the section on humans, there was an illustration with seven transparent plastic pages, each printed with an identical, overlapping outline of the human body. On the first page the outline was filled in with an image of a naked man. Turning the first page was like peeling off his skin and revealing his musculature, the image with­in the outline on the second page. When I turned the second page, the overlapping images of the remaining pages revealed a vivid dissection of the body. Flipping through the pages I could see in turn, the skele­ton, the brain and nerves, blood vessels and organ systems.

For my Caribbean course, I mentally updated those transparencies with several additional, overlapping pages, each illustrated with cel­lular structures. Most of the cell's structures are referred to as organelles, which are its rniniature organs" suspended within a jelly­like cytoplasm. Organelles are the functional equivalents of the tissues and organs of our own bodies. They include the nucleus, which is the largest organelle, the mitochondria, the Golgi body and vacuoles. The traditional way of teaching the course is to deal first with these cellu­lar structures, then move on to the tissues and organs of the human body. Instead, I integrated the two parts of the course to reflect the overlapping nature of humans and cells.

I taught my students that the biochemical mechanisms employed by cellular organelle systems are essentially the same mechanisms employed by our human organ systems. Even though humans are made up of trillions of cells, I stressed that there is not one "new" func­tion in our bodies that is not already expressed in the single cell. Each eukaryote (nucleus-containing cell) possesses the functional equiva­lent of our nervous system, digestive system, respiratory system, excretory system, endocrine system, muscle and skeletal systems, cir­culatory system, integument (skin), reproductive system and even a primitive immune system, which utilizes a family of antibody-like "ubiquitin" proteins.

I also made it clear to my students that each cell is an intelligent being that can survive on its own, as scientists demonstrate when they remove individual cells from the body and grow them in a culture. As

37
The Biology of Belief
I knew intuitively when I was a child, these smart cells are imbued with intent and purpose; they actively seek environments that support their survival while simultaneously avoiding toxic or hostile ones. Like humans, single cells analyze thousands of stimuli from the microenvironment they inhabit. Through the analysis of this data, cells select appropriate behavioral responses to ensure their survival.

Single cells are also capable of learning through these environ­mental experiences and are able to create cellular memories, which they pass on to their offspring. For example, when a measles virus infects a child, an immature immune cell is called in to create a pro­tective protein antibody against that virus. In the process, the cell must create a new gene to serve as a blueprint in manufacturing the measles antibody protein.

The first step in generating a specific measles antibody gene occurs in the nuclei of immature immune cells. Among their genes are a very large number of DNA segments that encode uniquely shaped snippets of proteins. By randomly assembling and recombining these DNA seg­ments, immune cells create a vast array of different genes, each one providing for a uniquely shaped antibody protein. When an immature immune cell produces an antibody protein that is a "close" physical complement to the invading measles virus, that cell will be activated.

Activated cells employ an amazing mechanism called affinity mat­uration that enables the cell to perfectly "adjust" the final shape of its antibody protein, so that it will become a perfect complement to the invading measles virus. [Li, et al, 2003; Adams, et al, 2003] Using a process called somatic hypermutation, activated immune cells makes hundreds of copies of their original antibody gene. However, each new version of the gene is slightly mutated so that it will encode a slightly different shaped antibody protein. The cell selects the variant gene that makes the best fitting antibody. This selected version of the gene also goes through repeated rounds of somatic hypermutation to further sculpt the shape of the antibody to become a "perfect" physi­cal complement of the measles virus. [Wu, et al, 2003; Blanden and Steele 1998; Diaz and Casali 2002; Gearhart 2002]

38
Chapter One Lessons From the Petri Dish
When the sculptured antibody locks on to the virus, it inactivates the invader and marks it for destruction, thus protecting the child from the ravages of measles. The cells retain the genetic "memory" of this antibody, so that in the future if the individual is again exposed to measles, the cells can immediately launch a protective immune response. The new antibody gene can also be passed on to all the cell's progeny when it divides. In this process, not only did the cell "learn" about the measles virus, it also created a "memory" that will be inher­ited and propagated by its daughter cells. This amazing feat of genet­ic engineering is profoundly important because it represents an inherent "intelligence" mechanism by which cells evolve. [Steele, et al, 1998]

The Origins of Life: Smart Cells Get Smarter

It shouldn't be surprising that cells are so smart. Single-celled organisms were the first life forms on this planet. Fossil evidence reveals they were here within 600 million years after the Earth was first formed. For the next 2.75 billion years of the Earth's history, only free-living, single-celled organisms — bacteria, algae and amoeba-like protozoans, populated the world.

Around 750 million years ago, these smart cells figured out how to get smarter when the first multicellular organisms (plants and ani­mals) appeared. Multicellular life forms were initially loose communi­ties or "colonies" of single-celled organisms. At first, cellular communities consisted of tens and hundreds of cells. But the evolu­tionary advantage of living in a community soon led to organizations comprised of millions, billions and even trillions of socially interactive single cells. Though each individual cell is of microscopic dimensions, the size of multicellular communities may range from the barely visi­ble to the monolithic. Biologists have classified these organized com­munities based on their structure as observed by the human eye. While the cellular communities appear as single entities to the naked eye —a mouse, a dog, a human—they are, in fact, highly organized associations of millions and trillions of cells.

39
The Biology of Belief
The evolutionary push for ever-bigger communities is simply a reflection of the biological imperative to survive. The more awareness an organism has of its environment, the better its chances for survival. When cells band together they increase their awareness exponentially. If each cell were to be arbitrarily assigned an awareness value of X, then each colonial organism would collectively have a potential awareness value of at least X times the number of cells in the colony.

In order to survive at such high densities, the cells created struc­tured environments. These sophisticated communities subdivided the workload with more precision and effectiveness than the ever-chang­ing organizational charts that are a fact of life in big corporations. It proved more efficient for the community to have individual cells assigned to specialized tasks. In the development of animals and plants, cells begin to acquire these specialized functions in the embryo. A process of cytological specialization enables the cells to form the specific tissues and organs of the body. Over time, this pattern of dif­ferentiation, i.e. the distribution of the workload among the members of the community, became embedded in the genes of every cell in the community, significantly increasing the organism's efficiency and its ability to survive.

In larger organisms, for example, only a small percentage of cells are concerned with reading and responding to environmental stimuli. That is the role of groups of specialized cells that form the tissues and organs of the nervous system. The function of the nervous system is to perceive the environment and coordinate the behavior of all the other cells in the vast cellular community.

Division of labor among the cells in the community offered an additional survival advantage. The efficiency it offered enabled more cells to live on less. Consider the old adage, "Two can live as cheaply as one." Or consider the construction costs of building a two-bedroom, single home versus the cost of building a two-bedroom apartment in a hundred-apartment complex. To survive, each cell is required to expend a certain amount of energy. The amount of energy conserved

40
Chapter One Lessons From the Petri Dish
by individuals living in a community contributes to both an increased survival advantage and a better quality of life.

In American capitalism, Henry Ford saw the tactical advantage in the differentiated form of communal effort and employed it in creat­ing his assembly line system of manufacturing cars. Before Ford, a small team of multi-skilled workers would require a week or two to build a single automobile. Ford organized his shop so that every work­er was responsible for only one specialized job. He stationed a large number of these differentiated workers along a single row, the assem­bly line, and passed the developing car from one specialist to the next. The efficiency of job specialization enabled Ford to produce a new automobile in 90 minutes rather than weeks.

Unfortunately, we conveniently "forgot" about the cooperation necessary for evolution when Charles Darwin emphasized a radically different theory about the emergence of life. He concluded 150 years ago that living organisms are perpetually embroiled in a "struggle for existence." For Darwin, struggle and violence are not only a part of animal (human) nature, but the principal "forces" behind evolutionary advancement. In the final chapter of The Origin of Species: By Means of Natural Selection, Or, The Preservation Of Favoured Races In Tlte Struggle For Life, Darwin wrote of an inevitable "struggle for life" and that evo­lution was driven by "the war of nature, from famine and death." Couple that with Darwin's notion that evolution is random and you have a world, as poetically described by Tennyson that can be charac­terized as "red in tooth and claw," a series of meaningless, bloody bat­tles for survival.

Evolution Without the Bloody Claws

Though Darwin is by far the most famous evolutionist, the first sci­entist to establish evolution as a scientific fact was the distinguished French biologist Jean-Baptiste de Lamarck. [Lamarck 1809,1914,1963] Even Ernst Mayr, the leading architect of "neo Darwinism," a mod­ernization of Darwin's theory that incorporates twentieth-century molecular genetics, concedes that Lamarck was the pioneer. In his clas-

41
The Biology of Belief
sic 1970 book Evolution and the Diversity of Life, [Mayr 1976, page 227] Mayr wrote: "It seems to me Lamarck has a much better claim to be designated the 'founder of the theory of evolution,' as indeed he has by several French historians...he was the first author to devote an entire book primarily to the presentation of a theory of organic evolu­tion. He was the first to present the entire system of animals as a prod­uct of evolution."

Not only did Lamarck present his theory fifty years before Darwin, he offered a much less harsh theory of the mechanisms of evolution. Lamarck's theory suggested that evolution was based on an "instruc­tive," cooperative interaction among organisms and their environment that enables life forms to survive and evolve in a dynamic world. His notion was that organisms acquire and pass on adaptations necessary for their survival in a changing environment. Interestingly, Lamarck's hypothesis about the mechanisms of evolution conform to modern cell biologists' understanding of how immune systems adapt to their envi­ronment as described above.

Lamarck's theory was an early target of the Church. The notion that humans evolved from lower life forms was denounced as heresy. Lamarck was also scorned by his fellow scientists who, as creationists, ridiculed his theories. A German developmental biologist, August Weismann, helped propel Lamarck into obscurity when he tried to test Lamarck's theory that organisms pass on survival-oriented traits acquired through their interaction with the environment. In one of Weismann's experiments, he cut off the tails of male and female mice and mated them. Weismann argued that if Lamarck's theory were cor­rect, the parents should pass on their tail-less state to future genera­tions. The first generation of mice was born with tails. Weismann repeated the experiment for 21 more generations, but not one tail-less mouse was born, leading Weismann to conclude that Lamarck's notion of inheritance was wrong.

But Weismann's experiment was not a true test of Lamarck's the­ory. Lamarck suggested that such evolutionary changes could take "immense periods of time," according to biographer L. J. Jordanova. In

Chapter One Lessons From the Petri Dish
1984, Jordanova wrote that Lamarck's theory "rested on" a number of "propositions" including: "...the laws governing living things have produced increasingly complex forms over immense periods of time." [Jordanova 1984, page 71] Weismann's five-year experiment was clear­ly not long enough to test the theory. An even more fundamental flaw in his experiment is that Lamarck never argued that every change an organism experienced would take hold. Lamarck said organisms hang on to traits (like tails) when they need them to survive. Although Weismann didn't think the mice needed their tails, no one asked the mice if they thought their tails were necessary for survival!

Despite its obvious flaws, the study of the tail-less mice helped destroy Lamarck's reputation. In fact, Lamarck has been mostly ignored or vilified. Cornell University evolutionist C.H. Waddington, wrote in Vie Evolution of An Evolutionist [Waddington 1975, page 38]: "Lamarck is the only major figure in the history of biology whose name has become to all intents and purposes, a term of abuse. Most scientists' contributions are fated to be outgrown, but very few authors have written works, which, two centuries later, are still rejected with indignation so intense that the skeptic may suspect something akin to an uneasy conscience. In point of fact, Lamarck has, I think, been somewhat unfairly judged."

Waddington wrote those prescient words thirty years ago. Today Lamarck's theories are being reevaluated under the weight of a body of new science that suggests that the oft-denounced biologist was not entirely wrong and the oft-lauded Darwin not entirely correct. The title of an article in the prestigious journal Science in 2000 was one sign of glasnost: "Was Lamarck Just a Little Bit Right?" [Baiter 2000]

One reason some scientists are taking another look at Lamarck is that evolutionists are reminding us of the invaluable role cooperation plays in sustaining life in the biosphere. Scientists have long noted symbiotic relationships in nature. In Darwin's Blind Spot [Ryan 2002, page 16], British physician Frank Ryan chronicles a number of such relationships, including a yellow shrimp that gathers food while its partner gobi fish protects it from predators, and a species of hermit

43
The Biology of Belief
crab that carries a pink anemone on top of its shell. "Fish and octo­puses like to feed on hermit crabs, but when they approach this species, the anemone shoots out its brilliantly colored tentacles, with their microscopic batteries of poisoned darts, and sting the potential predator, encouraging it to look elsewhere for its meal." The warrior anemone gets something out of the relationship as well because it eats the crab's leftover food.

But today's understanding of cooperation in nature goes much deeper than the easily observable ones. "Biologists are becoming increasingly aware that animals have coevolved, and continue to coex­ist, with diverse assemblages of microorganisms that are required for normal health and development," according to a recent article in Science called "We Get By With A Little Help From Our (Little) Friends." [Ruby, et al, 2004] The study of these relationships is now a rapidly growing field called "Systems Biology."

Ironically, in recent decades, we have been taught to wage war against microorganisms with everything from anti-bacterial soap to antibiotics. But that simplistic message ignores the fact that many bac­teria are essential to our health. The classic example of how humans get help from microorganisms is the bacteria in our digestive system, which are essential to our survival. The bacteria in our stomach and intestinal tract help digest food and also enable the absorption of life-sustaining vitamins. This microbe-human cooperation is the reason that the rampant use of antibiotics is detrimental to our survival. Antibiotics are indiscriminate killers; they kill bacteria that are required for our survival as efficiently as they kill harmful bacteria.

Recent advances in genome science have revealed an additional mechanism of cooperation among species. Living organisms, it turns out, actually integrate their cellular communities by sharing their genes. It had been thought that genes are passed on only to the prog­eny of an individual organism through reproduction. Now scientists realize that genes are shared not only among the individual members of a species, but also among members of different species. The sharing of genetic information via gene transfer speeds up evolution since

44
Chapter One Lessons From the Petri Dish
organisms can acquire "learned" experiences from other organisms. [Nitz, et al, 2004; Pennisi 2004; Boucher, et al, 2003; Dutta and Pan, 2002; Gogarten 2003] Given this sharing of genes, organisms can no longer be seen as disconnected entities; there is no wall between species. Daniel Drell, manager of the Department of Energy's micro­bial genome program told Science in (2001 294:1634): "...we can no longer comfortably say what is a species anymore." [Pennisi 2001]

This sharing of information is not an accident. It is nature's method of enhancing the survival of the biosphere. As discussed ear­lier, genes are physical memories of an organism's learned experi­ences. The recently recognized exchange of genes among individuals disperses those memories, thereby influencing the survival of all organisms that make up the community of life. Now that we are aware of this inter- and intra-species gene transfer mechanism, the dangers of genetic engineering become apparent. For example, tinkering with the genes of a tomato may not stop at that tomato, but could alter the entire biosphere in ways that we cannot foresee. Already there is a study that shows that when humans digest genetically modified foods, the artificially created genes transfer into and alter the character of the beneficial bacteria in the intestine. [Heritage 2004; Netherwood, et al, 2004] Similarly, gene transfer among genetically engineered agricul­tural crops and surrounding native species has given rise to highly resistant species deemed superweeds. [Milius 2003; Haygood, et al, 2003; Desplanque, et al, 2002; Spencer and Snow 2001] Genetic engi­neers have never taken the reality of gene transfer into consideration when they have introduced genetically modified organisms into the environment. We are now beginning to experience the dire conse­quences of this oversight as their engineered genes are spreading among, and altering other organisms in the environment. [Watrud, et al, 2004]

Genetic evolutionists warn that if we fail to apply the lessons of our shared genetic destiny, which should be teaching us the impor­tance of cooperation among all species, we threaten human existence. We need to move beyond Darwinian theory, which stresses the impor­tance of individuals, to one that stresses the importance of the commu-

45
The Biology of Belief
nity, British scientist Timothy Lenton provides evidence that evolution is more dependent on the interaction among species than it is on the interaction of individuals witTiin a species. Evolution becomes a mat­ter of the survival of the fittest groups rather than the survival of the fittest individuals. In a 1998 article in Nature, Lenton wrote that rather than focusing on individuals and their role in evolution, "...We must consider the totality of organisms and their material environment to fully understand which traits come to persist and dominate." [Lenton 1998]

Lenton subscribes to James Lovelock's Gaia hypothesis that holds that the Earth and all of its species constitute one interactive, living organism. Those who endorse the hypothesis argue that tampering with the balance of that super-organism called Gaia, whether it be by destroying the rainforest, depleting the ozone layer or altering organ­isms through genetic engineering, can threaten its survival and conse­quently ours.

Recent studies funded by Britain's Natural Environment Research Council provide support for those concerns. [Thomas, et al, 2004; Stevens, et al, 2004] While there have been five mass extinctions in the history of our planet, they are all presumed to have been caused by extraterrestrial events, such as a comet smashing to earth. One of the new studies concludes that the "natural world is experiencing the sixth, major extinction event in its history." [Lovell 2004] This time though, the cause of the extinctions is not extraterrestrial. According to one of the study's authors, Jeremy Thomas: "As far as we can tell this one is caused by one animal organism —man."

Walking the Talk of Cells

In my years of teaching in medical school, I had come to realize that medical students in an academic setting are more competitive and backbiting than a truckload of lawyers. They live out the Darwinian struggle in their quest to be one of the "fittest" who stagger to gradua­tion after four grueling years in medical school. The smgle-minded pursuit of stellar medical school grades, without regard for the students

46
Chapter One Lessons From the Petri Dish
surrounding you, no doubt follows a Darwinian model, but it always seemed to me an ironic pursuit for those who are striving to become compassionate healers.

But my stereotypes about medical students toppled during my stay on the island. After my call to arms, my class of misfits stopped acting like conventional medical students; they dropped their survival of the fittest mentality and amalgamated into a single force, a team that helped them survive the semester. The stronger students helped the weaker and in so doing, all became stronger. Their harmony was both surprising and beautiful to observe.

In the end, there was a bonus: a happy Hollywood ending. For their final exam, I gave my students exactly the same test the students in Wisconsin had to pass. There was virtually no difference in the per­formance of these "rejects" and their "elitist" counterparts in the States. Many students later reported that when they went home and met with their peers who attended American medical schools, they proudly found themselves more proficient in their understanding of the principles governing the life of cells and organisms.

I was of course thrilled that my students had pulled off an acade­mic miracle. But it was years before I understood how they were able to do it. At the time, I thought the format of the course was key, and I still believe that overlapping human and cell biology is a better way to present the course material. But now that I've ventured into what I told you would be considered by some as wacky Dr. Dolittle territory, I think a good part of the reason for my students' success was that they eschewed the behavior of their counterparts in the United States. Instead of mirroring smart American medical students, they mirrored the behavior of smart cells, banding together to become even smarter. I didn't tell my students to pattern their lives after the lives of the cells, because I was still steeped in traditional, scientific training. But I like to think that they went in that direction intuitively, after listening to my praise of cells' ability to group together cooperatively to form more complex and highly successful organisms.

47
The Biology of Belief
I didn't know it at the time, but I now believe that another reason for my students' success was that I did not stop at praising cells. I praised the students as well. They needed to hear they were first-rate students in order to believe that they could perform as first-rate stu­dents. As I will detail in future chapters, so many of us are leading lim­ited lives not because we have to, but because we think we have to. But I'm getting ahead of myself. Suffice it to say that after four months in paradise, teaching in a way that clarified my thinking about cells and the lessons they provide to humans, I was well on my way to an understanding of the New Biology, which leaves in the dust the defeatism of genetic and parental programming as well as survival-of-the-fittest Darwinism.
48
Chapter
File:Bruce Lipton - The Biology of Belief-7.jpg
IT'S THE ENVIRONMENT, STUPID
I will never forget a piece of wisdom I received in 1967, on the first day I learned to clone stem cells in graduate school. It took me decades to realize how profound this seemingly simple piece of wisdom was for my work and my life. My professor, mentor and con­summate scientist, Irv Konigsberg was one of the first cell biologists to master the art of cloning stem cells. He told me that when the cultured cells you are studying are ailing, you look first to the cell's environ­ment, not to the cell itself for the cause.

My professor wasn't as blunt as Bill Clinton's campaign manager James Carville, who decreed, "It's the economy, stupid," to be the mantra for the 1992 presidential election. But cell biologists would have done well to post, "It's the environment, stupid," over our desks, just as the "It's the economy, stupid" sign was posted at Clinton head­quarters. Though it wasn't apparent at the time, I eventually realized that this advice was a key insight into understanding the nature of life. Over and over I learned the wisdom of Irv's advice. When I provided a healthy environment for my cells they thrived; when the environ-

49
The Biology of Belief
ment was less than optimal, the cells faltered. When I adjusted the environment, these "sick" cells revitalized.

But most cell biologists knew nothing of this wisdom of tissue cul­ture techniques. And scientists moved sharply away from considering environmental influences after Watson and Crick's revelation of DNA's genetic code. Even Charles Darwin conceded, near the end of his life, that his evolutionary theory had shortchanged the role of the environ­ment. In an 1876 letter to Moritz Wagner he wrote: [Darwin, F 1888]

"In my opinion, the greatest error which I have committed has been not allowing sufficient weight to the direct action of the environ­ments, i.e. food, climate, etc., independently of natural selection...When I wrote the "Origin," and for some years afterwards, I could find little good evidence of the direct action of the environ­ment; now there is a large body of evidence."

Scientists who follow Darwin continue to make the same error. The problem with this underemphasis on the environment is that it led to an overemphasis on "nature" in the form of genetic determinism— the belief that genes "control" biology. This belief has not only led to a misallocation of research dollars, as I will argue in a later chapter, but more importantly, it has changed the way we think about our lives. When you are convinced that genes control your life and you know that you had no say in which genes you were saddled with at concep­tion, you have a good excuse to consider yourself a victim of heredity. "Don't blame me for my work habits —it's not my fault that I've been procrastinating on my deadline...It's genetic!"

Since the dawning of the Age of Genetics, we have been pro­grammed to accept that we are subservient to the power of our genes. The world is filled with people who live in constant fear that, on some unsuspecting day, their genes are going to turn on them. Consider the masses of people who think they are ticking time bombs; they wait for cancer to explode in their lives as it exploded in the life of their moth­er or brother or sister or aunt or uncle. Millions of others attribute their failing health not to a combination of mental, physical, emotional and spiritual causes, but simply to the inadequacies of their body's bio-

50
Chapter Two It's the Environment, Stupid
chemical mechanics. Are your kids unruly? Increasingly the first choice is to medicate these children to correct their "chemical imbal­ances/' rather than fully grappling with what is going on in their bod­ies, minds and spirits.

Of course there is no doubt that some diseases, like Huntington's chorea, beta thalassemia and cystic fibrosis, can be blamed entirely on one faulty gene. But single-gene disorders affect less than two percent of the population; the vast majority of people come into this world with genes that should enable them to live a happy and healthy life. The diseases that are today's scourges — diabetes, heart disease and cancer —short circuit a happy and healthy life. These diseases, howev­er, are not the result of a single gene, but of complex interactions among multiple genes and environmental factors.

What about all those headlines trumpeting the discovery of a gene for everything from depression to schizophrenia? Read those articles closely and you'll see that behind the breathless headlines is a more sober truth. Scientists have linked lots of genes to lots of different dis­eases and traits, but scientists have rarely found that one gene causes a trait or a disease.

The confusion occurs when the media repeatedly distort the mean­ing of two words: correlation and causation. It's one thing to be linked to a disease; it's quite another to cause a disease, which implies a directing, controlling action. If I show you my keys and say that a par­ticular key "controls" my car, you at first might think that makes sense because you know you need that key to turn on the ignition. But does the key actually "control" the car? If it did, you couldn't leave the key in the car alone because it might just borrow your car for a joy ride when you are not paying attention. In truth, the key is "correlated" with the control of the car; the person who turns the key actually con­trols the car. Specific genes are correlated with an organism's behavior and characteristics. But these genes are not activated until something triggers them.

What activates genes? The answer was elegantly spelled out in 1990 in a paper entitled "Metaphors and the Role of Genes and

51
The Biology of Belief
Development" by H. F. Nijhout. [Nijhout 1990] Nijhout presents evi­dence that the notion that genes control biology has been so frequent­ly repeated for such a long period of time that scientists have forgotten it is a hypothesis, not a truth. In reality, the idea that genes control biol­ogy is a supposition, which has never been proven and in fact has been undermined by the latest scientific research. Genetic control, argues Nijhout, has become a metaphor in our society. We want to believe that genetic engineers are the new medical magicians who can cure diseases and while they're at it create more Einsteins and Mozarts as well. But metaphor does not equate with scientific truth. Nijhout sum­marizes the truth: "WHien a gene product is needed, a signal from its environment, not an emergent property of the gene itself, activates expression of that gene." In other words, when it comes to genetic con­trol, "It's the environment, stupid."

Protein: The Stuff of Life

It is easy to understand how genetic control became a metaphor as scientists with ever-greater excitement zeroed in on the mechanisms of DNA. Organic chemists discovered that cells are made up of four types of very large molecules: polysaccharides (complex sugars), lipids (fats), nucleic acids (DNA/RNA) and proteins. Though the cell requires each of the four molecular types, proteins are the most impor­tant single component for living organisms. Our cells are, in the main, an assembly of protein-building blocks. So one way of looking at our trillion-celled bodies is that they are protein machines, although, as you know, I think we are more than machines! It sounds simple, but it isn't. For one thing, it takes over 100,000 different types of proteins to run our bodies.

Let's take a closer look at how our cells' 100,000 plus proteins are assembled. Each protein is a linear string of linked amino acid mole­cules, comparable to a child's pop bead necklace as illustrated on the following page.

Each bead represents one of the twenty amino acid molecules used by cells. Though I like the pop bead analogy because everyone is famil­iar with it, it is not an exact one because each amino acid has a slight-

52
Chapter Two It's the Environment, Stupid
File:Bruce Lipton - The Biology of Belief-8.jpg
ly different shape. So to be completely accurate, you should think of a pop bead necklace that got mangled a bit in the factory.
And to be even more accurate, you should know that the amino acid necklace, which forms the "backbone" of the cells' proteins, is far more malleable than a pop bead necklace, which falls apart when you bend it too much. The structure and behavior of the linked amino acids in protein backbones better resemble that of a snake's backbone. The spine of a snake, made up of a large number of linked subunits, the vertebrae, is capable of coiling the snake into a wide variety of shapes, ranging from a straight rod to a knotted "ball."

The flexible links (peptide bonds) between amino acids in a protein backbone enables each protein to adopt a variety of shapes. Through the rotation and flexion of their amino acid "vertebrae," protein mole­cules resemble nano-snakes in their ability to writhe and squirm. There are two primary factors that determine the contour of a protein's backbone, and therefore its shape. One factor is the physical pattern defined by the sequence of differently shaped amino acids comprising the pop bead-like backbone.

The second factor concerns the interaction of electromagnetic charges among the linked amino acids. Most amino acids have posi-

53
The Biology of Belief
File:Bruce Lipton - The Biology of Belief-9.jpg
Unlike uniform-shaped pop beads, each of the twenty amino acids comprising pro­tein backbones has a unique conformation. Consider the differences between the character of a "backbone" made from identically shaped pop beads and one assem­bled from the differently shaped pipe fittings illustrated above.
tive or negative charges, which act like magnets: like charges cause the molecules to repel one another, while opposite charges cause the mole­cules to attract each other. As shown above, a protein's flexible back­bone spontaneously folds into a preferred shape when its amino acid subunits rotate and flex their bonds to balance the forces generated by their positive and negative charges.
54
Chapter Two It's the Environment, Stupid
File:Bruce Lipton - The Biology of Belief-10.jpg
The protein backbones shown in A and B have the exact same amino acid (pipe fitting) sequence but reveal radically different shapes (conformations). Variations in the backbone's shape result from differential rotations at the junctions between adjacent fittings. Like pipe fittings, the protein's differently shaped amino acids also rotate around their junctions (peptide bonds), allowing the backbone to wriggle like a snake. Proteins shape-shift though they will generally prefer two or three specific conformations. Which of the two conformations, A or B, would our hypothetical pro­tein prefer? The answer is related to the fact that the two terminal amino acids (pipe fittings) have regions of negative charges. Since like-charges repel each other, the farther apart they are, the more stable the conformation. Conformation A would be preferred because the negative charges are farther apart than they are in B.

The backbones of some protein molecules are so long that they require the assistance of special "helper" proteins called chaperones to aid in the folding process. Improperly folded proteins, like people with spinal defects, are unable to function optimally. Such aberrant proteins are marked for destruction by the cell; their backbone amino acids are disassembled and recycled in the synthesis of new proteins.

55
The Biology of Belief
How Proteins Create Life

Living organisms are distinguished from non-living entities by the fact that they move; they are animated. The energy driving their move­ments is harnessed to do the "work" that characterizes living systems, such as respiration, digestion, and muscle contraction. To understand the nature of life one must first understand how protein "machines" are empowered to move.

The final shape, or conformation (the technical term used by biolo­gists), of a protein molecule reflects a balanced state among its electro­magnetic charges. However, if the protein's positive and negative charges are altered, the protein backbone will dynamically twist and adjust itself to accommodate the new distribution of charges. The dis­tribution of electromagnetic charge within a protein can be selectively altered by a number of processes including: the binding of other mol­ecules or chemical groups such as hormones; the enzymatic removal or addition of charged ions; or interference from electromagnetic fields such as those emanating from cell phones. [Tsong 1989]

The shape-shifting proteins exemplify an even more impressive engineering feat because their precise, three-dimensional shapes also

File:Bruce Lipton - The Biology of Belief-11.jpg
56
Chapter Two It's the Environment Stupid
File:Bruce Lipton - The Biology of Belief-12.jpg
Figure A shows the preferred conformation of our hypothetical protein backbone. The repelling forces between the two negatively charged terminal amino acids (arrows) causes the backbone to extend so that the negative amino acids are as far apart as possible. Figure B shows a close-up of an end amino acid. A signal, in this case a mol­ecule with a very positive electric charge (white sphere), is attracted to, and binds with, the negative site on the protein's terminal amino acid. In our particular sce­nario, the signal is more positive in charge than the amino acid is negative in charge. After the signal couples with the protein, there is now an excess positive charge at this end of the backbone. Since positive and negative charges attract one another, the backbone's amino acids will rotate around their bonds so that positive and negative terminals will come closer together. Figure C shows the protein changing from con­formation A to conformation B. Changing conformations generates movement and the movement is harnessed to do work, providing for such functions as digestion, respiration and muscle contraction. When the signal detaches, the protein returns to its preferred extended conformation. This is how signal-generated protein move­ments provide for life.
give them the ability to link up with other proteins. When a protein encounters a molecule that is a physical and energetic complement, the two bind together like human-made products with interlocking gears, say an eggbeater or an old-fashioned watch.

Examine the following two illustrations. The first shows five uniquely shaped proteins, examples of the molecular "gears" found in cells. These organic "gears" have softer edges than machine-shop-

File:Bruce Lipton - The Biology of Belief-13.png
The Biology of Belief
manufactured gears, but you can see that their precise, three-dimen­sional shapes would enable them to securely engage with other com­plementary proteins.
File:Bruce Lipton - The Biology of Belief-14.jpg
Protein Menagerie. Illustrated above are five different examples of protein mole­cules. Each protein possesses a precise three-dimensional conformation that is the same for each copy of itself in every cell. A) Enzyme that digests hydrogen atoms; B) Woven filament of collagen protein; C) Channel, a membrane-bound protein with hollow central pore; D) Protein subunit of "capsule" that encloses a virus; E) DNA-syn-thesizing enzyme with attached helical DNA molecule

hi the second illustration (p.59), I chose a wind-up watch to repre­sent the workings of the cell. The first picture shows a metal machine, revealing the gears, springs, jewels and case of the watch model. When Gear A turns it causes Gear B to turn. When B moves it causes Gear C to turn, etc. In the next image, I overlay the human-made machined gears with softer-edged organic proteins (magnified millions of times in proportion to the watch) so that it becomes visually conceivable that proteins could be like the watch's mechanism. In this metal-protein machine/' one can imagine Protein A rotating and causing Protein B to revolve, which in turn causes Protein C to move. Once you see that possibility, you can look to the third figure in which the human-made parts are removed. Voila! We are left with a protein "machine," one of

58
Chapter Two It's the Environment, Stupid
the thousands of similar pro­tein assemblies that collec­tively comprise the cell!

Cytoplasmic proteins that cooperate in creating specific physiologic functions are grouped into specific assem­blies known as pathways. These assemblies are identi­fied by functions such as res­piration pathways, digestion pathways, muscle contraction pathways and the infamous, energy-generating Krebs cy­cle, the bane of many a sci­ence student, who has to memorize every one of its protein components and com- ft plex chemical reactions.

Can you imagine how excited cell biologists were when they figured out how the protein assembly mac­hines work? Cells exploit the I movements of these protein- | assembly machines to em- | power specific metabolic and behavioral functions. The con- I stant, shape-shifting move­ments of proteins—which can occur thousands of times in a single second—are the move­ments that propel life.

59
The Biology of Belief
The Primacy of DNA

You'll notice that in the above section I didn't discuss DNA at all. That's because it is the changing of the proteins' electromagnetic charges that is responsible for their behavior-generating movement, not DNA. How did we get to the widespread and often-cited notion that genes "control" biology? In the Origin of Species, Darwin suggest­ed that "hereditary" factors were passed on from generation to gener­ation, controlling the traits of the offspring. Darwin's influence was so great that scientists myopically focused on identifying that hereditary material which, they thought, controlled life.

In 1910, intensive microscopic analyses revealed that the heredi­tary information passed on generation after generation was contained in chromosomes, thread-like structures that become visible in the cell just before it divides into two "daughter" cells. Chromosomes are incorporated into the daughter cell's largest organelle, the nucleus. When scientists isolated the nucleus, they dissected the chromosomes and found that the hereditary elements were essentially comprised of only two kinds of molecules, protein and DNA. Somehow the protein machinery of life was entangled in the structure and function of these chromosome molecules.

The understanding of the chromosome's functions was further refined in 1944 when scientists determined that it was DNA that actu­ally contained hereditary information. [Avery, et al, 1944; Lederberg 1994] The experiments that singled out DNA were elegant. These sci­entists isolated pure DNA from one species of bacteria —let's call it Species A —and added the pure DNA to cultures containing only Species B bacteria. Within a short time, Species B bacteria began to show hereditary traits that were formerly seen only in Species A. Once it was known that you needed nothing other than DNA to pass on traits, the DNA molecule became a scientific superstar.

It was now left to Watson and Crick to unravel the structure and function of that superstar molecule. DNA molecules are long and threadlike. They are made from four nitrogen-containing chemicals called bases (adenine, thymine, cytosine, and guanine or A, T, C and

60
Chapter Two It's the Environment, Stupid
G). Watson and Crick's discovery of DNA's structure led to the fact that the sequence of the A, T, C and G bases in DNA spells out the sequence of amino acids along a protein's backbone [Watson and Crick 1953]. Those long strings of DNA molecules can be subdivided into single genes, segments that provide the blueprint for specific pro­teins. The code for recreating the protein machinery of the cell had been cracked!

Watson and Crick also explained why DNA is the perfect heredi­tary molecule. Each DNA strand is normally intertwined with a sec­ond strand of DNA, a loosely wrapped configuration known as the "double helix." The genius of this system is that the sequences of DNA bases on both strands are mirror images of each other. When the two strands of DNA unwind, each single strand contains the information to make an exact, complementary copy of itself. So through a process of separating the strands of a double helix, DNA molecules become self-replicating. This observation led to the assumption that DNA "controlled" its own replication...it was its own "boss."

The "suggestion" that DNA controlled its own replication and also served as the blueprint for the body's proteins led Francis Crick to cre­ate biology's Central Dogma, the belief that DNA rules. The dogma is so fundamental to modern biology it is essentially written in stone, the equivalent of science's Ten Commandments. The dogma, also referred to as "The Primacy of DNA," is a fixture of every scientific text.

In the dogma's scheme of how life unfolds, DNA perches loftily on top, followed by RNA. RNA is the short-lived XeroxrM copy of the DNA. As such, it is the physical template encoding the amino acid sequence that makes up a protein's backbone. The Primacy of DNA diagram provides the logic for the Age of Genetic Determinism. Because the character of a living organism is defined by the nature of its proteins, and its proteins are encoded in the DNA, then by logic, DNA would represent the "first cause" or primary determinant of an organism's traits.

61
The Biology of Belief
The Human Genome Project

After DNA achieved superstar status, the remaining challenge was to create a catalogue of all the genetic stars in the human firmament. Enter the Human Genome Project, a global, scientific effort begun in the late 1980s to create a catalogue of all the genes present in humans.

From the outset, the Human Genome Project was a massively ambitious one. Conventional thought held that the body needed one gene to provide the blueprint for each of the 100,000 plus different pro­teins that make up our bodies. Add to that at least 20,000 regulatory genes, which orchestrate the activity of the protein-encoding genes. Scientists concluded that the human genome would contain a mini­mum of 120,000 genes located within the twenty-three pairs of human chromosomes.

But that wasn't the whole story. A cosmic joke was unfolding, one of those jokes that periodically unsettle scientists convinced they have discovered the secrets of the Universe. Consider the impact of Nicolaus Copernicus' discovery published in 1543 that the Earth was not the center of the Universe as was thought by the scientist-theolo­gians of the day. The fact that the Earth actually revolved around the sun, and that the sun itself was not the center of the universe, under­mined the teachings of the Church. Copernicus' paradigm-busting dis­coveries launched the modern, scientific revolution by challenging the presumed "infallibility" of the Church. Science eventually displaced the Church as Western civilization's source of wisdom for under­standing the mysteries of the Universe.

Geneticists experienced a comparable shock when, contrary to their expectations of over 120,000 genes, they found that the entire human genome consists of approximately 25,000 genes. [Pennisi 2003a and 2003b; Pearson 2003; Goodman 2003] More than eighty percent of the presumed and required DNA does not exist! The missing genes are proving to be more troublesome than the missing eighteen minutes of the Nixon tapes. The one-gene, one-protein concept was a fundamen­tal tenet of genetic determinism. Now that the Human Genome Project has toppled the one-gene for one-protein concept, our current theories

62
Chapter Two It's the Environment, Stupid
File:Bruce Lipton - The Biology of Belief-16.jpg
The Central Dogma. The dogma, also referred to as the Primacy of DNA, defines the flow of information in biological organisms. As indicated by the arrows, the flow is only in one direction, from DNA to RNA and then to Protein. The DNA represents the cell's long-term memory, passed from generation to generation. RNA, an unstable copy of the DNA molecule, is the active memory that is used by the cell as a physical template in synthesizing proteins. Proteins are the molecular building blocks that provide for the cell's structure and behavior. DNA is implicated as the 'source" that controls the character of the cell's proteins, hence the concept of DNA's primacy that literally means "first cause."

of how life works have to be scrapped. No longer is it possible to believe that genetic engineers can with relative ease fix all our biolog­ical dilemmas. There are simply not enough genes to account for the complexity of human life or of human disease.

I may sound like Chicken Little shouting that the genetics sky is falling. However, you don't have to take my word for it. Chicken Big is saying the same thing. In a commentary on the surprising results of the Human Genome Project, David Baltimore, one of the world's pre­eminent geneticists and a Nobel Prize winner, addressed the issue of human complexity: [Baltimore 2001]

63
The Biology of Belief
"But unless the human genome contains a lot of genes that are opaque to our computers, it is clear that we do not gain our undoubt­ed complexity over worms and plants by using more genes.

"Understanding what does give us our complexity — our enor­mous behavioral repertoire, ability to produce conscious action, remarkable physical coordination, precisely tuned alterations in response to external variations of the environments, learning, memo­ry, need I go on? —remains a challenge for the future."

As Baltimore states, the results of the Human Genome Project force us to consider other ideas about how life is controlled. "Understanding what does give us our complexity...remains a chal­lenge for the future." The sky is falling.

In addition, the results of the Human Genome Project are forcing us to reconsider our genetic relationship with other organisms in the biosphere. We can no longer use genes to explain why humans are at the top of the evolutionary ladder. It turns out there is not much dif­ference in the total number of genes found in humans and those found in primitive organisms. Let's take a look at three of the most studied animal models in genetic research, a microscopic nematode round­worm known as Caenorhabditis elegans, the fruit fly and the laboratory mouse.

The primitive Caenorhabditis worm serves as a perfect model for studying the role of genes in development and behavior. This rapidly growing and reproducing organism has a precisely patterned body comprised of exactly 969 cells and a simple brain of about 302 cells. Nonetheless it has a unique repertoire of behaviors and most impor­tantly, it is amenable to genetic experimentation. The Caenorhabditis genome consists of approximately 24,000 genes. [Blaxter 2003] The human body, comprised of over fifty trillion cells, contains only 1,500 more genes than the lowly, spineless, thousand-celled microscopic worm.

The fruit fly, another favored research subject, has 15,000 genes. [Blaxter 2003; Celniker, et al, 2002] So the profoundly more complicat­ed fruit fly has 9,000 fewer genes than the more primitive

64
Chapter Two It's the Environment, Stupid
Caenorhabditis worm. And when it comes to the question of mice and men, we might have to think more highly of them, or less of ourselves; the results of parallel genome projects reveal that humans and rodents have roughly the same number of genes!

Cell Biology 101

In retrospect, scientists should have known that genes couldn't provide the control of our lives. By definition, the brain is the organ responsible for controlling and coordmating the physiology and behavior of an organism. But is the nucleus truly the cell's brain? If our assumption that the nucleus and its DNA-containing material is the "brain" of the cell, then removing the cell's nucleus, a procedure called enucleation, should result in the immediate death of the cell.

And now, for the big experiment...(Maestro, a drum roll if you please).

The scientist drags our unwilling cell into the microscopic operat­ing arena and straps it down. Using a micromanipulator, the scientist guides a needle-like micropipette into position above the cell. With a deft thrust of the manipulator, our investigator plunges the pipette deep into the cell's cytoplasmic interior. By applying a little suction, the nucleus is drawn up into the pipette and the pipette is withdrawn from the cell. Below the nucleus-engorged pipette lies our sacrificial cell - its "brain" torn out.

But wait! It's still moving! My God...the cell is still alive!

The wound has closed and like a recovering surgical patient, the cell begins to slowly stagger about. Soon the cell is back on its feet (OK, its pseudopods), fleeing the microscope's field with the hope that it will never see a doctor again.

Following enucleation, many cells can survive for up to two or more months without genes. Viable enucleated cells do not lie about like brain-dead lumps of cytoplasm on life-support systems. These cells actively ingest and metabolize food, maintain coordinated opera­tion of their physiologic systems (respiration, digestion, excretion, motility, etc.), retain an ability to communicate with other cells, and

65
The Biology of Belief
are able to engage in appropriate responses to growth and protection-requiring environmental stimuli.

Unsurprisingly, enucleation is not without side effects. Without their genes, cells are not able to divide, nor are they able to reproduce any protein parts they lose through the normal wear and tear of the cytoplasm. The inability to replace defective cytoplasmic proteins con­tributes to mechanical dysfunctions that ultimately result in the death of the cell.

Our experiment was designed to test the idea that the nucleus is the "brain" of the cell. If the cell had died immediately following enu­cleation, the observations would have at least supported that belief. However, the results are unambiguous: enucleated cells still exhibit complex, coordinated, life-sustaining behaviors, which imply that the cell's "brain" is still intact and functioning.

The fact that enucleated cells retain their biological functions in the absence of genes is by no means a new discovery. Over a hundred years ago, classical embryologists routinely removed the nuclei from dividing egg cells and showed that a single, enucleated egg cell was able to develop as far as the blastula, an embryonic stage consisting of forty or more cells. Today, enucleated cells are used for industrial pur­poses as living "feeder" layers in cell cultures designed for virus vac­cine production.

If the nucleus and its genes are not the cell's brain, then what exact­ly is DNA's contribution to cellular life? Enucleated cells die, not because they have lost their brain but because they have lost their reproductive capabilities. Without the ability to reproduce their parts, enucleated cells cannot replace failed protein building blocks, nor replicate themselves. So the nucleus is not the brain of the cell —the nucleus is the cell's gonad! Confusing the gonad with the brain is an understandable error because science has always been and still is a patriarchal endeavor. Males have often been accused of thinking with their gonads, so it's not entirely surprising that science has inadver­tently confused the nucleus with the cell's brain!

66
Chapter Two It's the Environment, Stupid
Epiqenetics: The New Science of Self-Empowerment

Genes-as-destiny theorists have obviously ignored hundred-year-old science about enucleated cells, but they cannot ignore new research that undermines their belief in genetic determinism. While the Human Genome Project was making headlines, a group of scien­tists were inaugurating a new, revolutionary field in biology called epi-genetics. The science of epigenetics, which literally means "control above genetics," profoundly changes our understanding of how life is controlled. [Pray 2004; Silverman 2004] In the last decade, epigenetic research has established that DNA blueprints passed down through genes are not set in concrete at birth. Genes are not destiny! Environmental influences, including nutrition, stress and emotions, can modify those genes, without changing their basic blueprint. And those modifications, epigeneticists have discovered, can be passed on to future generations as surely as DNA blueprints are passed on via the Double Helix. [Reik and Walter 2001; Surani 2001]

There is no doubt that epigenetic discoveries have lagged behind genetic discoveries. Since the late 1940s, biologists have been isolating DNA from the cell's nucleus in order to study genetic mechanisms. In the process they extract the nucleus from the cell, break open its enveloping membrane and remove the chromosomal contents, half of which is made up of DNA and half of which is made up of regulatory proteins. In their zeal to study DNA, most scientists threw away the proteins, which we now know is the equivalent of throwing the baby out with the bathwater. Epigeneticists are bringing back the baby, by studying the chromosome's proteins, and those proteins are turning out to play as crucial a role in heredity as DNA.

In the chromosome, the DNA forms the core, and the proteins cover the DNA like a sleeve. When the genes are covered, their infor­mation cannot be "read." Imagine your bare arm as a piece of DNA representing the gene that codes for blue eyes. In the nucleus, this stretch of DNA is covered by bound regulatory proteins, which cover your blue-eye gene like a shirtsleeve, making it impossible to be read.

67
The Biology of Belief
File:Bruce Lipton - The Biology of Belief-17.jpg
PrimacyofEnvironment. The new science reveals that the information that con­trols biology starts with E n v i r o n m e n t a I S i g n a I s that in turn, control the binding of Regulatory Proteins to the DNA. Regulatory Proteins direct the activity of genes. The DNA, RNA, and Protein functions are the same as described in the Primacy of DNA chart. Note: the flow of information is no longer unidirectional. In the 1960s, Howard Temin's challenged the Central Dogma with experiments that revealed RNA could go against the predicted flow of information and rewrite the DNA. Originally ridiculed for his "heresy," Temin later won a Nobel Prize for describing reverse tran­scriptase, the molecular mechanism by which RNA can rewrite the genetic code. Reverse transcriptase is now notorious, for it is used by the AIDS virus' RNA to com­mandeer the infected cell's DNA. It is also now known that changes in the DNA mole­cule, such as adding or removing methyl chemical groups, influences the binding of regulatory proteins. Proteins must also be able to buck the predicted flow of informa­tion, since protein antibodies in immune cells are involved with changing the DNA in the cells that synthesize them. The size of the arrows indicating information flow are not the same. There are tight restrictions on the reverse flow of information, a design that would prevent radical changes to the cell's genome.

How do you get that sleeve off? You need an environmental signal to spur the "sleeve" protein to change shape, i.e. detach from the DNA's double helix, allowing the gene to be read. Once the DNA is uncovered, the cell makes a copy of the exposed gene. As a result, the activity of the gene is "controlled" by the presence or absence of the ensleeving pro­teins, which are in turn controlled by environmental signals.

68
Chapter Two It's the Environment, Stupid
The story of epigenetic control is the story of how environmental signals control the activity of genes. It is now clear that the Primacy of DNA chart described earlier is outmoded. The revised scheme of infor­mation flow should now be called the "Primacy of the Environment." The new, more sophisticated flow of information in biology starts with an environmental signal, then goes to a regulatory protein and only then goes to DNA, RNA, and the end result, a protein.

The science of epigenetics has also made it clear that there are two mechanisms by which organisms pass on hereditary information. Those two mechanisms provide a way for scientists to study both the contribution of nature (genes) and the contribution of nurture (epige­netic mechanisms) in human behavior. If you only focus on the blue­prints, as scientists have been doing for decades, the influence of the environment is impossible to fathom. [Dennis 2003; Chakravarti and Little 2003]

Let's present an analogy, which hopefully will make the relation­ship between epigenetic and genetic mechanisms clearer. Are you old enough to remember the days when television programming stopped after midnight? After the normal prograinming signed off, a "test pat­tern" would appear on the screen. Most test patterns looked like a dart-board with a bull's eye in the middle, similar to the one pictured on the following page.

Think of the pattern of the test screen as the pattern encoded by a given gene, say the one for brown eyes. The dials and switches of the TV fine-tune the test screen by allowing you to turn it on and off and modulate a number of characteristics, including color, hue, contrast, brightness, vertical and horizontal holds. By adjusting the dials, you can alter the appearance of the pattern on the screen, while not actual­ly changing the original broadcast pattern. This is precisely the role of regulatory proteins. Studies of protein synthesis reveal that epigenetic "dials" can create 2,000 or more variations of proteins from the same gene blueprint. [Bray 2003; Schmuker, et al, 2000]

69
The Biology of Belief
File:Bruce Lipton - The Biology of Belief-18.jpg
In this epigenetic analogy, the test pattern on the screen represents the protein backbone pattern encoded by a gene. While the TV's controls can change the appearance of the pattern (B and C), they do not change the original pattern of the broadcast (i.e., the gene). Epigenetic control modifies the read-out of a gene without changing the DNA code.

Parental Life Experiences Shape Their Children's Genetic Character

We now know that the environmentally influenced fine-tuning described above can be passed from generation to generation. A land­mark Duke University study published in the August 1, 2003 issue of Molecular and Cellular Biology found that an enriched environment can even override genetic mutations in mice. [Waterland and Jirtle 2003] In the study, scientists looked at the effect of dietary supplements on pregnant mice with the abnormal "agouti" gene. Agouti mice have yellow coats and are extremely obese, which predisposes them to car­diovascular disease, diabetes and cancer.

70
Chapter Two It's the Environment, Stupid
File:Bruce Lipton - The Biology of Belief-19.jpg
Agouti Sisters: One year old female genetically identical agouti mice. Maternal methyl donor supplementation shifts coat color of the offspring from yellow to brown, and reduces the incidence of obesity, diabetes and cancer. (Photo courtesy of Jirtle and Waterland ©)
In the experiment, one group of yellow, obese, agouti mothers received methyl-group-rich supplements available in health food stores: folic acid, vitamin B12, betaine and choline. Methyl-rich sup­plements were chosen because a number of studies have shown that the methyl chemical group is involved with epigenetic modifica­tions. When methyl groups attach to a gene's DNA, it changes the binding characteristics of regulatory chromosomal proteins. If the proteins bind too tightly to the gene, the protein sleeve cannot be removed and the gene cannot be read. Methylating DNA can silence or modify gene activity.

This time the headlines "Diet Trumps Genes" were accurate. The mothers who got the methyl group supplements produced standard, lean, brown mice, even though their offspring had the same agouti gene as their mothers. The agouti mothers who didn't get the supple­ments produced yellow pups, which ate much more than the brown

71
The Biology of Belief
pups. The yellow pups wound up weighing almost twice as much as their lean, "pseudo-agouti" counterparts.

The University's photo on the previous page is striking. Though the two mice are genetically identical, they are radically different in appearance: one mouse is lean and brown and the other mouse is obese and yellow. What you can't see in the picture is that the obese mouse is diabetic while its genetically identical counterpart is healthy.

Other studies have found epigenetic mechanisms to be a factor in a variety of diseases, including cancer, cardiovascular disease and dia­betes. In fact, only 5% of cancer and cardiovascular patients can attribute their disease to heredity. [Willett 2002] While the media made a big hoopla over the discovery of the BRCA1 and BRCA2 breast can­cer genes, they failed to emphasize that ninety-five percent of breast cancers are not due to inherited genes. The malignancies in a signifi­cant number of cancer patients are derived from environmentally-induced epigenetic alterations and not defective genes. [Kling 2003; Jones 2001; Seppa 2000; Baylin 1997]

The epigenetic evidence has become so compelling that some brave scientists are even invoking the "L" word for Jean Baptiste de Lamarck, the much-scorned evolutionist, who believed that traits acquired as a result of environmental influence could be passed on. Philosopher Eva Jablonka and biologist Marion Lamb wrote in their 1995 book Epigenetic Inheritance and Evolution - The Lamarckian Dimension: "In recent years, molecular biology has shown that the genome is far more fluid and responsive to the environment than pre­viously supposed. It has also shown that information can be transmit­ted to descendants in ways other than through the base sequence of DNA." [Jablonka and Lamb 1995]

We're back to where we started in this chapter, the environment. In my own work in the laboratory, I saw over and over the impact a changed environment had on the cells I was studying. But it was only at the end of my research career, at Stanford, that the message fully sank in. I saw that endothelial cells, which are the blood vessel-lining cells I was studying, changed their structure and function depending

Chapter Two It's the Environment, Stupid
on their environment. When, for example, I added inflammatory chemicals to the tissue culture, the cells rapidly became the equivalent of macrophages, the scavengers of the immune system. What was also exciting to me was that the cells transformed even when I destroyed their DNA with gamma rays. These endothelial cells were "function­ally enucleated," yet they completely changed their biological behav­ior in response to inflammatory agents, just as they had when their nuclei were intact. These cells were clearly showing some "intelligent" control in the absence of their genes. [Lipton 1991]

Twenty years after my mentor Irv Konigsberg's advice to first con­sider the environment when your cells are ailing, I finally got it. DNA does not control biology and the nucleus itself is not the brain of the cell. Just like you and me, cells are shaped by where they live. In other words, it's the environment, stupid.

73
Chapter
3
File:Bruce Lipton - The Biology of Belief-20.jpg
THE MAGICAL MEMBRANE
N ow that we've looked at the protein assembly machinery of the cell, debunked the notion that the nucleus is the brain of the cellular operation, and recognized the crucial role the environment plays in the operation of the cell, we're on to the good stuff—the stuff that can make sense of your life and give you insight into ways of changing it.

This chapter puts forth my nominee for the true brain that controls cellular life —the membrane. I believe that when you understand how the chemical and physical structure of the cell's membrane works, you'll start calling it, as I do, the magical membrane. Or alternatively, capitalizing on the fact that part of the word is a homophone for brain, I refer to it in my lectures as the magical mem-Brain. And when you couple your understanding of the magical membrane with an under­standing of the exciting world of quantum physics that I'll present in the next chapter, you will also understand how wrong the tabloids were in 1953. The true secret of life does not lie in the famed double

75
The Biology of Belief
helix. The true secret of life lies in understanding the elegantly simple biological mechanisms of the magical membrane — the mechanisms by which your body translates environmental signals into behavior.

When I started studying cell biology in the 1960s, the idea that the membrane was the cell's brain would have been considered laughable. And I have to concede that the membrane in those days was a sorry-looking Mensa candidate. The membrane seemed to be just a simple, semi-permeable, three-layered skin that held the contents of the cyto­plasm together. Think Saran,M wrap with holes.

One reason scientists misjudged the membrane is that it is so thin. Membranes are only seven millionths of a millimeter thick. In fact, they are so thin that they can only be seen with an electron micro­scope, which was developed after the Second World War. So it was­n't until the 1950s that biologists could even confirm that cell membranes exist. Up until that time, many biologists thought the cell's cytoplasm held together because it had a Jello™-like consistency. With the aid of microscopes, biologists learned that all living cells have membranes and that all cell membranes share the same, basic, three-layered structure. However, the simplicity of that structure belies its functional complexity.

Cell biologists gained insight into the amazing abilities of the cell membrane by studying the most primitive organisms on this planet, the prokaryotes. Prokaryotes, which include bacteria and other microbes, consist only of a cell membrane that envelops a droplet of soupy cytoplasm. Though prokaryotes represent life in its most prim­itive form, they have purpose. A bacterium does not bounce around in its world like a ball in a pinball machine. A bacterium carries out the basic physiologic processes of life like more complicated cells. A bac­terium eats, digests, breathes, excretes waste matter and even exhibits "neurological" processing. They can sense where there is food and propel themselves to that spot. Similarly, they can recognize toxins and predators and purposely employ escape maneuvers to save their lives. In other words, prokaryotes display intelligence!

76
Chapter Three The Magical Membrane
So what structure in the prokaryotic cell provides its "intelli­gence"? The prokaryores' cytoplasm has no evident organelles that are found in more advanced, eukaryotic cells, such as the nucleus and mitochondria. The only organized cellular structure that can be con­sidered a candidate for the prokaryote's brain is its cell membrane.

Bread, Butter, Olives and Pimentos

As I came to the realization that membranes were characteristic of all intelligent life, I focused my attention on understanding their struc­ture and function. I came up with a gastronomic treat (just kidding) to illustrate the basic structure of the membrane. The treat consists of a bread and butter sandwich. To further refine the analogy, I added olives. Actually my instructive sandwich features two kinds of olives, ones stuffed with pimentos, the others pimento-free. Gourmands, don't groan. When I've left this sandwich out of my lectures, repeat members of the audience have asked me where it went!

Here's an easy experiment to show you how the "sandwich" mem­brane works. Make a bread and butter sandwich (at the moment free
File:Bruce Lipton - The Biology of Belief-21.jpg
77
The Biology of Belief
of olives). This sandwich represents a section of the cell membrane. Now pour a teaspoon of colored dye on top of the sandwich.

As illustration below, the dye seeps through the bread, but stops when it gets to the butter, because the oily substance in the middle of the sandwich provides an effective barrier.

Now let's make a bread and butter sandwich with stuffed and unstuffed olives.

Now when we add the dye to the bread and slice the sandwich, we see a different result. When the dye hits a pimento-stuffed olive, it stops as surely as it stopped when it hit butter. But when the dye reaches an olive without a pimento, the pitted olive provides a chan­nel through which the dye can flow freely across the middle of the sandwich, then through the bread to the plate.

The plate in this analogy represents the cell's cytoplasm. By pass­ing through the pimento-free olive, the dye penetrates the buttery layer to reach the other side of the "membrane" sandwich. The dye has successfully navigated the formidable, fatty, membrane barrier!

It is important for the cell to allow molecules to break through the barrier because in my sandwich analogy, the dye is life-sustaining food. If the membrane were simply a bread and butter sandwich, it
File:Bruce Lipton - The Biology of Belief-22.jpg
78
Chapter Three The Magical Membrane
would provide a fortress-like barrier that keeps out the cacophony of innumerable molecular and radiant energy signals that make up a cell's environment. But the cell would die if the membrane were such a fortress, because it would get no nutrients. When you add the pimen­to-free olives, which allow information and food into the cell, the
File:Bruce Lipton - The Biology of Belief-23.jpg
79
The Biology of Belief
membrane becomes a vital and ingenious mechanism enabling select­ed nutrients to penetrate the interior of the cell, just as the teaspoonful of dye made its way to the plate.

In real-life cellular biology, the bread and butter portion of the sandwich represents the membrane's phospholipids, one of the two major chemical components of the membrane. (The other major chem­ical components are the "olive" proteins, which we'll get to below.) I call phospholipids "schizophrenic" because they are composed of both polar and non-polar molecules.

The fact that phospholipids contain both polar and non-polar mol­ecules may not sound like a recipe for schizophrenia to you, but I assure you it is. All the molecules in our Universe can be divided into non-polar and polar categories based on the type of chemical bonds that hold their atoms together. The bonds among polar molecules have positive and/or negative charges, hence their polarity. These mole­cules' positive and negative charges cause them to behave like mag­nets, am'acting or repelling other charged molecules.

Polar molecules include water and things that dissolve in water. Non-polar molecules include oil and substances that dissolve in oil; there are no positive or negative charges among their atoms. Remember the adage, water and oil don't mix? Neither do oily non-polar and watery polar molecules. To visualize the lack of interaction between polar and non-polar molecules, think of your bottle of Italian salad dressing. You do your best to get vinegar and oil to bond by shaking the bottle, but when you set the bottle down, they separate. That's because molecules, like people, prefer environments that offer them stability. For their stability, polar (vinegar) molecules seek out watery polar environments and non-polar (olive oil) molecules seek out non-polar environments. Phospholipid molecules, comprised of both polar and non-polar lipid regions, have a difficult time in seeking stability. The phosphate portion of the molecule is motivated to seek water, while its lipid portion abhors water and seeks stability by dis­solving in oil.

80
Chapter Three The Magical Membrane
File:Bruce Lipton - The Biology of Belief-24.jpg
Electron micrograph showing the cell membrane at the surface of a human cell. The dark-light-dark layering of the cell membrane is due to the ordering of the barrier's phospholipid molecules (inset). The lighter center of the membrane, the equivalent of the butter in our sandwich, represents the hydrophobic zone formed by the legs of the phospholipids. The dark layers above and below the central lipid zone, the equiv­alent of the bread slices, represents the molecule's water-loving phosphate heads.

Getting back to our sandwich, the membrane's phospholipids are shaped like lollipops with an extra stick (see illustration above). The round part of the lollipop has polar charges among its atoms; it corre­sponds to the bread of our sandwich. The molecule's two stick-like portions are non-polar; they correspond to the butter part of our sand­wich. Because the "butter" portion of the membrane is non-polar, it does not let positively or negatively charged atoms or molecules pass through it. In effect, this lipid core is an electrical insulator, a terrific trait for a membrane designed to keep the cell from being over­whelmed by every molecule in its environment.

But the cell could not survive if the membrane were the equivalent of a simple bread and butter sandwich. Most of the cell's nutrients con­sist of charged polar molecules that would not be able to get past the formidable non-polar lipid barrier. Neither could the cell excrete its polarized waste products.

81
The Biology of Belief
Integral Membrane Proteins

The olives in our sandwich are the truly ingenious part of the membrane. These proteins allow nutrients, waste materials, as well as other forms of "information" to be transported across the membrane. The protein "olives" allow, not just any old molecules to get into the cell, but only those molecules necessary for the smooth functioning of the cytoplasm. In my sandwich, the olives represent Integral Membrane Proteins (IMPs). These proteins embed themselves into the "butter" layer of the membrane, just as I have embedded olives in the illustration.

How do IMPs embed themselves into the butter? Remember that proteins are composed of a linear backbone assembled from linked amino acids. Of the twenty different amino acids, some are water-lov­ing, polar molecules and some are hydrophobic, non-polar molecules. When a region of the protein's backbone is made up of linked, hydrophobic amino acids, this segment of the protein seeks stability by finding an oil-loving environment like the membrane's lipid core (see arrow below). That's how hydrophobic parts of the protein inte­grate themselves into the middle layer of the membrane. Because some regions of a protein's backbone are made up of polar amino acids and

File:Bruce Lipton - The Biology of Belief-25.jpg
82
Chapter Three The Magical Membrane
other regions are non-polar, the protein strand will weave itself in and out of the bread and butter sandwich.

There are lots of IMPs with lots of different names, but they can be subdivided into two functional classes: receptor proteins and effector pro­teins. Receptor IMPs are the cell's sense organs, the equivalent of our eyes, ears, nose, taste buds, etc. Receptors function as molecular "nano-antennas" tuned to respond to specific environmental signals. Some receptors extend inward from the membrane surface to monitor the internal milieu of the cell. Other receptor proteins extend from the cell's outer surface, monitoring external signals.

Like other proteins, which we discussed earlier, receptors have an inactive and an active shape and shift back and forth between those conformations as their electrical charges are altered. When a receptor protein binds with an environmental signal, the resulting alteration in the protein's electrical charges causes the backbone to change shape and the protein adopts an "active" conformation. Cells possess a uniquely "tuned" receptor protein for every environmental signal that needs to read.

Some receptors respond to physical signals. One example is an estrogen receptor, which is specially designed to complement the shape and charge distribution of an estrogen molecule. When estrogen is in its receptor's neighborhood, the estrogen receptor locks on to it, as surely as a magnet picks up paper clips. Once the estrogen receptor and the estrogen molecule bind in a perfect "lock and key" fit, the receptor's electromagnetic charge changes and the protein shifts into its active conformation. Similarly, histamine receptors complement the shape of Wstamine molecules and insulin receptors complement the shape of insulin molecules, etc.

Receptor "antennas" can also read vibrational energy fields such as light, sound and radio frequencies. The antennas on these "energy" receptors vibrate like tuning forks. If an energy vibration in the envi­ronment resonates with a receptor's antenna, it will alter the protein's charge, causing the receptor to change shape. [Tsong 1989] I'll cover this more completely in the next chapter, but I'd like to point out now

83
The Biology of Belief
that because receptors can read energy fields, the notion that only physical molecules can impact cell physiology is outmoded. Biological behavior can be controlled by invisible forces, including thought, as well as it can be controlled by physical molecules like penicillin, a fact that provides the scientific underpinning for pharmaceutical-free, energy medicine.

Receptor proteins are remarkable, but on their own they do not impact the behavior of the cell. While the receptor provides an aware­ness of environmental signals, the cell still has to engage in an appro­priate, life-sustaining response, that is the venue of the effector proteins. Taken together, the receptor-effector proteins are a stimulus-response mechanism comparable to the reflex action that doctors typ­ically test during physical examinations. When a doctor taps your knee with a mallet, a sensory nerve picks up the signal. That sensory nerve immediately passes on that information to a motor nerve that causes the leg to kick. The membrane's receptors are the equivalent of senso­ry nerves, and the effector proteins are the equivalent of action-gener­ating motor nerves. Together, the receptor-effector complex acts as a switch, translating environmental signals into cellular behavior.

It is only in recent years that scientists have realized the impor­tance of the membrane's IMPs. They are in fact so important that studying the way IMPs work has become a field of its own called "sig­nal transduction." Signal transduction scientists are busily classifying hundreds of complex information pathways that lie between the mem­brane's reception of environmental signals and the activation of the cell's behavior proteins. The study of signal transduction is catapulting the membrane to center stage, just as the field of epigenetics is high­lighting the role of the chromosome's proteins.

There are different kinds of behavior-controlling effector proteins because there are lots of jobs that need to be done for the smooth func­tioning of the cell. Transport proteins, for example, include an exten­sive family of channel proteins that shuttle molecules and information from one side of the membrane barrier to the other. Which brings us back to the pimentos in our bread, butter and olive sandwich. Many

84
Chapter Three The Magical Membrane
channel proteins are shaped like a tightly wound sphere, resembling the pimento-stuffed olives in our pictures. (See illustration page 79) When the electrical charge on the protein is altered, the protein changes shape, a change that creates an open channel running through the protein's core. Channel proteins are actually two olives in one, depending on their electrical charge. In the active mode, their structure resembles a pimento-free olive, with an open gate. In their inactive mode the proteins' shape resembles a pimento-stuffed olive that stays closed to the world outside the cell.

The activity of one specific channel type, sodium-potassium ATPase, merits special attention. Every cell has thousands of these channels built into the membrane. Collectively, their activity uses almost half of your body's energy every day. This channel opens and closes so frequently that it resembles a revolving door in a department store on the day of a big sale. Every time this channel revolves, it shut­tles three positive-charged sodium atoms out of the cytoplasm and simultaneously admits two positive-charged potassium atoms into the cytoplasm from the environment.

Sodium-potassium ATPase not only uses up a lot of energy, it also creates energy as surely as store-bought batteries provide energy for Game Boys (at least until your kids wear them out). Actually, the ener­gy-producing activity of sodium-potassium ATPase is a lot better than the batteries your kids wear out because it turns the cell into a con­stantly recharging biological battery.

Here's how sodium-potassium ATPase manages that trick. Every revolution of sodium-potassium ATPase throws more positive charges out than it lets in to the cell and there are thousands of these proteins in each cell. As these proteins go through hundreds of cycles per sec­ond, the inside of the cell becomes negatively charged while the out­side of the cell becomes positively charged. The negative charge below the membrane is referred to as the membrane potential. Of course the lipid, i.e. the butter portion of the membrane, does not let charged atoms cross the barrier, so the internal charge stays negative. The pos­itive charge outside the cell and the negative charge inside make the

85
The Biology of Belief
cell essentially a self-charging battery whose energy is used to empow­er biological processes.

Another variety of effector proteins, cytoskeletal proteins, regu­lates the shape and motility of cells. A third variety, called enzymes, breaks down or synthesizes molecules, which is why enzymes are sold in your local health food store as a digestive aid. When activated, all forms of effector proteins, including channels, cytoskeletal and enzyme proteins or their byproducts, can also serve as signals that activate genes. These IMPs or their byproducts provide signals that control the binding of the chromosome's regulatory proteins that form a "sleeve" around the DNA. In contrast to conventional wisdom, genes do not control their own activity. Instead it is the membrane's effector proteins, operating in response to environmental signals picked up by the membrane's receptors, which control the "reading" of genes so that worn-out proteins can be replaced, or new proteins can be created.

How the Brain Works

Once I understood how IMPs worked, I had to conclude that the cell's operations are primarily molded by its interaction with the environ­ment, not by its genetic code. There is no doubt that the DNA blueprints stored in the nucleus are remarkable molecules, which have been accu­mulated over three billion years of evolution. But as remarkable as these DNA blueprints are, they do not "control" the operations of the cell. Logically, genes cannot preprogram a cell or organism's life, because cell survival depends on the ability to dynamically adjust to an ever-changing environment.

The membrane's function of interacting "intelligently" with the environment to produce behavior makes it the true brain of the cell. Let's put the membrane to the same "brain" test to which we put the nucleus. When you destroy its membrane, the cell dies just as you would if your brain were removed. Even if you leave the membrane intact, destroying only its receptor proteins, which can easily be done with digestive enzymes in the lab, the cell becomes "brain-dead." It is

86
Chapter Three The Magical Membrane
comatose because it no longer receives the environmental signals nec­essary for the operation of the cell. The cell also becomes comatose when the membrane's receptor proteins are left intact and its effector proteins are immobilized.

To exhibit "intelligent" behavior, cells need a functioning mem­brane with both receptor (awareness) and effector (action) proteins. These protein complexes are the fundamental units of cellular intelli­gence. Technically they may be referred to as units of "perception." The definition of perception is: "awareness of the elements of environ­ment through physical sensation." The first part of the definition describes the function of receptor IMPs. The second part of the defini­tion, the creation of a "physical sensation," sums up the role of the effector proteins.

By examining these basic units of perception, we have engaged in an ultimate reductionist exercise, taking the cell down to its funda­mental nuts and bolts. In this regard it is important to note that at any given time there are up to hundreds of thousands of such switches in a cell membrane. Consequently, the behavior of a cell cannot be deter­mined by examining any individual switch. The behavior of a cell can only be understood by considering the activities of all the switches at any given time. That is a holistic —not reductionist —approach, which I'll elaborate on in the next chapter.

At the cellular level, the story of evolution is largely the story of maximizing the number of basic units of "intelligence," the mem­brane's receptor/effector proteins. Cells became smarter by utilizing their outer membrane surface more efficiently and by expanding the surface area of their membranes so that more IMPs could be packed in. In primitive prokaryote organisms, the IMPs carry out all of its funda­mental physiologic functions including digestion, respiration and excretion. Later in evolution, portions of the membrane that carry out these physiologic functions go inside, forming the membranous organelles that are characteristic of eukaryotic cytoplasm. That leaves more membrane surface area available to increase the number of per­ception IMPs. In addition, the eukaryote is thousands of times bigger

87
The Biology of Belief
than the prokaryote resulting in a tremendous increase in membrane surface area, i.e. a whole lot more room for IMPs. The end result is more awareness, which translates to greater survivability.

Through evolution, the cell membrane's surface expanded, but there was a physical limit to that expansion. There was a point at which the thin cell membrane was not strong enough to contain a larg­er mass of cytoplasm. Trunk what happens when you fill a balloon with water. As long as the balloon is not overfilled, it is strong and can be passed around. However, if you exceed the balloon's water capaci­ty, the balloon ruptures easily, spilling its contents, just as a membrane with too much cytoplasm would inevitably rupture. When the cell membrane reached that critical size, the evolution of the individual cell reached its limit. That's why for the first three billion years of evo­lution, single cells were the only organisms on this planet. That situa­tion changed only when cells came up with another way to increase awareness. In order to get smarter, cells started banding together with other cells to form multicellular communities through which they could share their awareness, as I explained in Chapter 1.

To review, the functions required for a single cell to stay alive are the same functions required by a community of cells to stay alive. But cells started to specialize when they formed multicellular organisms. In multicellular communities, there is a division of labor. That division of labor is evident in the tissues and organs that carry out specialized functions. For example, in the single cell, respiration is carried out by the mitochondria. In a multicellular organism, the mitochrondrial equivalent for respiration are the billions of specialized cells that form the lungs. Here's another example: in the single cell, movement is cre­ated by the interaction of cytoplasmic proteins called actin and myosin. In a multicellular organism, communities of specialized mus­cle cells handle the job of generating motility, each endowed with mas­sive quantities of actin and myosin proteins.

I repeat this information from the first chapter because I want to emphasize that while it is the job of the membrane in a single cell to be aware of the environment and set in motion an appropriate response

88
Chapter Three The Magical Membrane
to that environment, in our bodies those functions have been taken over by a specialized group of cells we call the nervous system.

Though we've come a long way from unicellular organisms, I believe, as I've mentioned before, that studying single cells is an instructive way of studying complicated multicellular organisms. Even the most complex human organ, the brain, will reveal its secrets more readily when we know as much as we can about the membrane, the cell's equivalent of a brain.

The Secret of Life

As you've learned in this chapter, scientists have recently made great progress towards unraveling the complexity of the simple-look­ing membrane. But even twenty years ago, the rough outlines of the membrane's functions were known. In fact, it was twenty years ago when I first realized how understanding the workings of the mem­brane could be life changing. My eureka moment resembled the dynamics of super-saturated solutions in chemistry. These solutions, which look like plain water, are fully saturated with a dissolved sub­stance. They are so saturated that just one more drop of the solute causes a dramatic reaction in which all of the dissolved materials instantly coalesce into a giant crystal.

In 1985, I was living in a rented house on the spice-drenched Caribbean island of Grenada teaching at yet another "off-shore" med­ical school. It was 2 A.M. and I was up revisiting years of notes on the biology, chemistry and physics of the cell membrane. At the time I was reviewing the mechanics of the membrane, trying to get a grasp of how it worked as an information processing system. That is when I experienced a moment of insight that transformed me, not into a crys­tal, but into a membrane-centered biologist who no longer had any excuses for messing up his life.

At that early morning hour I was redefining my understanding of the structural organization of the membrane. Staring first with the lol­lipop-like phospholipid molecules and noting that they arranged in the membrane like regimented soldiers on parade in perfect align-

89
The Biology of Belief
ment. By definition, a structure whose molecules are arranged in reg­ular, repeated pattern is defined as a crystal. There are two funda­mental types of crystals. The crystals that most people are familiar with are hard and resilient minerals like diamonds, rubies and even salt. The second kind of crystal has a more fluid structure even though its molecules maintain an organized pattern. Familiar examples of liq­uid crystals include digital watch faces and laptop computer screens.

To better understand the nature of a liquid crystal, let's go back to those soldiers on parade. When the marching soldiers turn a corner, they maintain their regimented structure, even though they're moving individually. They're behaving like a flowing liquid, yet they do not lose their crystalline organization. The phospholipid molecules of the membrane behave in a similar fashion. Their fluid crystalline organi­zation allows the membrane to dynamically alter its shape while main­taining its integrity, a necessary property for a supple membrane barrier. So in defining this character of the membrane I wrote: "The membrane is a liquid crystal."

Then I started thinking about the fact that a membrane with just phospholipids would be simply a bread and butter sandwich without the olives. In the experiment described earlier, the colored dye could not get through the lipid butter layer. That bread and butter sandwich is a non-conductor. However, when you include the IMP "olives," you realize that the membrane conducts some things across while keeping other things out. So I continued writing my description of the mem­brane by adding: "The membrane is a semiconductor."

Lastly, I wanted to include in my description the two most common kinds of IMPs. These are the receptors and a class of effectors called channels because they provide the all-important means for the cell to let in nutrients and let out waste matter. I was about to write that the membrane contains "receptors and channels" when I realized that a synonym for receptor is the word gate. So instead I completed my description by writing: "The membrane contains gates and channels."

I sat back and reviewed my new description of the membrane: "The membrane is a liquid crystal semiconductor with gates and channels."

90
Chapter Three The Magical Membrane
What hit me right away was the fact that I had recently heard or read the very same phrase, though at the moment, I didn't know where I had come across it. One thing was for sure; it was not in the context of biological science.

As I leaned back in my chair, my attention was drawn to the cor­ner of my desk where my new, smiley-face Macintosh, my first com­puter, was parked. Lying beside the computer was a copy of a bright red book called Understanding Your Microprocessor. I had just bought this non-technical paperback guide to how computers work from a Radio Shack outlet. I grabbed the book and found in the introduction a definition of a computer chip that read: "A chip is a crystal semicon­ductor with gates and channels."

For the first second or two I was struck by the fact that the chip and cell membrane shared the same technical definition. I spent several more intense seconds comparing and contrasting biomembranes with silicon semiconductors. I was momentarily stunned when I realized that the identical nature of their definitions was not a coincidence. The cell membrane was indeed a structural and functional equivalent (homologue) of a silicon chip!

Twelve years later an Australian research consortium headed by B. A. Cornell published an article in Nature, which confirmed my hypothesis that the cell membrane is a homologue of a computer chip. [Cornell, et al, 1997] The researchers isolated a cell membrane and attached a piece of gold foil under it. They then flooded the space between the gold foil and the attached membrane with a spe­cial electrolyte solution. When the membrane's receptors were stim­ulated by a complementary signal, the channels opened and allowed the electrolyte solution across the membrane. The foil served as a transducer, an electrical pickup device, which converted the electri­cal activity of the channel into a digital readout on a screen. This device, created for the study, demonstrates that the cell membrane not only looks like a chip but also functions like one. Cornell and associates successfully turned a biological cell membrane into a digi­tal-readout computer chip.

91
The Biology of Belief
So what's the big deal, you ask? The fact that the cell membrane and a computer chip are homologues means that it is both appropriate and instructive to better fathom the workings of the cell by comparing it to a personal computer. The first big-deal insight that comes from such an exercise is that computers and cells are programmable. The sec­ond corollary insight is that the programmer lies outside the comput­er/ cell. Biological behavior and gene activity are dynamically linked to information from the environment, which is downloaded into the cell.

As I conjured up a biocomputer, I realized that the nucleus is sim­ply a memory disk, a hard drive containing the DNA programs that encode the production of proteins. Let's call it the Double Helix Memory Disk. In your home computer you can insert such a memory disk containing a large number of specialized programs like word pro­cessing, graphics and spreadsheets. After you download those pro­grams into active memory, you can remove the disk from the computer without interfering with the program that is running. When you remove the Double Helix Memory Disk by removing the nucleus, the work of the cellular protein machine goes on because the informa­tion that created the protein machine has already been downloaded. Enucleated cells get into trouble only when they need the gene pro­grams in the ejected Double Helix Memory Disk to replace old pro­teins or make different proteins.

I had been trained as a nucleus-centered biologist as surely as Copernicus had been trained as an Earth-centered astronomer, so it was with a jolt that I realized that the gene-containing nucleus does not program the cell. Data is entered into the cell/computer via the membrane's receptors, which represent the cell's "keyboard." Receptors trigger the membrane's effector proteins, which act as the cell/computer's "Central Processing Unit" (CPU). The "CPU" effector proteins convert environmental information into the behavioral lan­guage of biology.

I realized in those early morning hours that even though biological thought is still preoccupied with genetic determinism, leading edge cell research, which continues to unfold the mystery of the Magical Membrane in ever more complex detail, tells a far different story.

92
Chapter Three The Magical Membrane
At that moment of transformation, I was frustrated because there was no one with whom I could share my excitement. I was alone out in the country. My house didn't have a telephone. Because I was teach­ing at a medical school, I realized that there would undoubtedly be some students studying in the library. I hastily threw some clothes on and raced off to the school to tell someone, anyone, of this exciting new insight.

Running into the library, out of breath, wild-eyed with my hair fly­ing in all directions, I was the epitome of the absent-minded professor. I spotted one of my first-year medical students and ran up to him pro­claiming, "You have to hear this! This is great shit!" I remember in the back of my mind how he pulled away from me, almost in fear of this raving, mad scientist who wildly broke the silence of the sleepy library. I immediately began to spew forth my new understanding of the cell, using the complex, polysyllabic jargon of a conventional cell biologist. When I finished my explanation and was silent, I was wait­ing to hear his congratulations, or at least a "bravo," but nothing was forthcoming. He was now wide-eyed himself. All he could say was, "Are you OK, Dr. Lipton?"

I was crushed. The student had not understood a word I had said. In hindsight, I realized that as a first-semester medical student, he did not have enough scientific background or vocabulary to make any sense out of my apparent rantings. However, the wind was knocked out of my sails. I held the key to the secret of life and there was no one who could understand me! I confess I didn't have much better luck with most of my colleagues who had been schooled in polysyllabic jar­gon. So much for the Magical Membrane.

Over the years I gradually honed my presentation about the Magical Membrane and continued to refine it so that first-year medical students and lay people can understand it. I've also continued to update it with the latest research. In so doing, I've found much more receptive audiences among a wide range of medical personnel and lay people. I have also found audiences receptive to the spiritual implica­tions of my Eureka moment. Shifting to membrane-centered biology was exciting for me, but it wouldn't have been enough to send me

93
The Biology of Belief
screaming to the library. That Caribbean moment not only trans­formed me into a membrane-centered biologist, it also transformed me from an agnostic scientist into a card-carrying mystic who believes that eternal life transcends the body.

I'll get to the spiritual part of the story in the Epilogue. For the moment, let me reiterate the lessons of the magical membrane, which put the control of our lives not in the genetic roll of the dice at con­ception, but in our own hands. We are the drivers of our own biology, just as I am the driver of this word processing program. We have the ability to edit the data we enter into our biocomputers, just as surely as I can choose the words I type. When we understand how IMPs con­trol biology, we become masters of our fate, not victims of our genes.

94
Chapter
4
File:Bruce Lipton - The Biology of Belief-26.jpg
THE NEW PHYSICS: PLANTING BOTH FEET FIRMLY ON THIN AIR
W hen I was an ambitious, undergraduate biology major in the 1960s, I knew that to have a prayer of getting into a prestigious graduate school I needed to take a physics course. My college offered a basic introductory course, something like Physics 101, which covered fundamental topics like gravity, electro-magnetism, acoustics, pulleys and incline planes in a way that was easily understood by non-physics majors. There was also another course called Quantum Physics, but almost all of my peers avoided it like the plague. Quantum physics was shrouded in mystery—we biol­ogy majors were convinced that it was a very, very "weird" science. We thought only physics majors, masochists, and outright fools would risk five credits on a course whose premise was, "Now you see it. Now you don't."

In those days the only reason I would have been able to come up with for taking a quantum physics course was that it would have served as a great pickup line at parties. In the days of Sonny and Cher

95
The Biology of Belief
it would have been tres chic to say, "Hey, babe, I'm into quantum physics —what sign are you?" On the other hand, even that might not be true —I never saw quantum physicists at parties or, in fact, any­where else. I don't think they got out much.

So I reviewed my transcripts, weighed the options, and took the easy way out by selecting Physics 101.1 was intent on becoming a biol­ogist. I had no interest in having my career aspirations depend on some slide-rule-slinging physicist singing the praises of ephemeral bosons and quarks. I and virtually every other biology major either gave little attention to, or completely ignored, quantum physics as we pursued our studies in the life sciences.

Unsurprisingly, given our attitude, we biology majors didn't know much about physics, the one with all the equations and mathe­matics. I knew about gravity — heavy things tend to end up at the bot­tom and lighter things on top. I knew something about light —plant pigments such as chlorophyll, and animal visual pigments such as the rhodopsin in the retina, absorb some colors of light and are "blind" to others. I even knew a little about temperature — high temperatures inactivate biological molecules by causing them to "melt" and low temperatures freeze and preserve molecules. I am obviously exagger­ating to stress the point that biologists traditionally don't know much physics.

My quantum-physics-deprived background explains why, even when I rejected nucleus-based biology and turned to the membrane, I still didn't understand the full implications of that shift. I knew that integral membrane proteins hook up with environmental signals to power the cell. But because I didn't know anything about the quantum universe, I did not fully appreciate the nature of the environmental signals that start the process.

It wasn't until 1982, more than a decade after I had finished grad­uate school that 1 finally learned how much I had missed when I skipped quantum physics in college. I believe that had I been intro­duced to the quantum world in college, I would have turned into a biology renegade much earlier. But on that day in 1982, I was sitting

96
Chapter Four The New Physics: Planting Both Feet Firmly on Thin Air
on the floor of a warehouse in Berkeley, California, 1,500 miles from home, lamenting the fact that I had seriously compromised my scien­tific career on a failed attempt to produce a rock 'n roll show. The crew and I were stranded—we had run out of money after six shows. I had no cash and whenever I offered my credit card, the merchant's credit approval machine displayed a skull and cross-bones. We were living on coffee and donuts while we proceeded through Elisabeth Kiibler-Ross's five stages of grieving, over the death of our show: denial, anger, bargaining, depression, and finally, acceptance, [Kiibler-Ross 1997]. But at that moment of acceptance, the silence in that darkened concrete tomb of a warehouse was broken by the piercing, electronic screech of a telephone. Despite the phone's incessant, obnoxious sig­nal, the crew and I ignored the caller. It wasn't for us — no one knew where we were.

Finally the manager of the warehouse retrieved the call and restored the blessed silence. In the quiet, still air, I heard the manager respond, "Yes, he's here." I looked up at that moment, from the dark­est depth of my life, and saw the phone being extended toward me. It was the Caribbean-based medical school that had hired me two years earlier. The president of the school had spent two days tracking my erratic trail from Wisconsin to California so he could ask me if I would be interested in teaching Anatomy again.

Would I be interested? Does a bear relieve himself in the woods? "How soon do you want me?" was my reply. He said, "Yesterday." I told him I would love the job but needed an advance on my salary. The school wired the money that same day and I split the proceeds with my crew. I then flew back to Madison to prepare for an extended stay in the tropics. I bid farewell to my daughters and hastily packed my clothes and a few household items. Within twenty-four hours I was back at O'Hare Airport waiting for Pan Am's Clipper Ship to the Garden of Eden.

By now you're no doubt wondering what my failed rock 'n' roll career has to do with quantum physics—welcome to my unorthodox lecturing style! For the linear-minded, we're officially back to quantum

97
The Biology of Belief
physics, through which I was delighted to learn that scientists cannot understand the mysteries of the Universe using only linear thinking.

Listening to the Inner Voice

While I was waiting for the flight, I realized suddenly that I had nothing to read while strapped into a seat for five hours. Moments before the gate was to close, I left the line and ran down the concourse to a bookstore. The task of selecting one book out of hundreds of choic­es, while simultaneously envisioning the possibility that my plane's doors would close and leave me behind, almost paralyzed me. In a state of confusion, one book jumped out at me, The Cosmic Code: Quantum Physics As the Language of Nature by physicist Heinz R. Pagels. [Pagels 1982] I quickly scanned the jacket and found that it was a quantum physics text written for the lay audience. Stubbornly adher­ing to the quantum physics phobia I had displayed since college, I immediately put the book down and began to search for something lighter.

As the second hand on my mental stopwatch entered into the red zone, I picked up a self-proclaimed best seller and ran to the cashier. While the clerk was preparing to ring up the best seller, I looked up and saw another copy of Pagels's book on the shelf behind the clerk. Midway through the checkout process, with time running out, I final­ly broke through my aversion to quantum physics and asked the clerk to add a copy of The Cosmic Code.

After I boarded the plane, I calmed down from my adrenalized trip to the bookstore, worked on a crossword puzzle, and then finally settled down to read Pagels's book. I found myself burning through its pages, even though I had to continuously back up and read sections over again and again. I read through the flight, the three-hour layover in Miami, and an additional five hours en route to my island paradise. Pagels was completely blowing me away!

Before boarding the plane in Chicago, I had no idea that quantum physics was in any way relevant to biology, the science of living organisms. When the plane arrived in Paradise, I was in a state of

98
Chapter Four The New Physics: Planting Both Feet Firmly on Thin Air
intellectual shock. I realized that quantum physics is relevant to biol­ogy and that biologists are committing a glaring, scientific error by ignoring its laws. Physics, after all, is the foundation for all the sci­ences, yet we biologists rely on the outmoded, albeit tidier, Newtonian version of how the world works. We stick to the physical world of Newton and ignore the invisible quantum world of Einstein, in which matter is actually made up of energy and there are no absolutes. At the atomic level, matter does not even exist with cer­tainty; it only exists as a tendency to exist. All my certitudes about biol­ogy and physics were shattered!

In retrospect, it should have been obvious to me and to other biol­ogists that Newtonian physics, as elegant and reassuring as it is to hyper-rational scientists, cannot offer the whole truth about the human body, let alone the Universe. Medical science keeps advancing, but living organisms stubbornly refuse to be quantified. Discovery after discovery about the mechanics of chemical signals, including hormones, cytokines (hormones that control the immune system), growth factors and tumor suppressors, cannot explain paranormal phenomena. Spontaneous healings, psychic phenomena, amazing feats of strength and endurance, the ability to walk across hot coals without getting burned, acupuncture's ability to diminish pain by moving "chi" around the body, and many other paranormal phenom­ena defy Newtonian biology.

Of course, I considered none of that when I was on medical school faculties. My colleagues and I trained our students to disregard the healing claims attributed to acupuncture, chiropractic, massage thera­py, prayer, etc. In fact, we went further. We denounced these practices as the rhetoric of charlatans because we were tethered to a belief in old-style, Newtonian physics. The healing modalities I just mentioned are all based on the belief that energy fields are influential in control­ling our physiology and our health.

99
The Biology of Belief
The Illusion of Matter

Once I finally grappled with quantum physics, I realized that when we so cavalierly dismissed those energy-based practices, we were acting as myopically as the chairman of the physics department at Harvard University, who, as described in The Dancing Wu Li Masters by Gary Zukav, warned students in 1893 that there was no need for new Ph.D.s in physics. [Zukav 1979] He boasted that science had established that the Universe is a "matter machine'' made up of phys­ical, individual atoms that fully obey the laws of Newtonian mechan­ics. For physicists, the only work left was to refine its measurements.

Three short years later, the notion that the atom was the smallest particle in the universe fell by the wayside with the discovery that the atom itself is made up of even smaller, subatomic elements. Even more earth-shattering than the discovery of those subatomic particles was the revelation that atoms emit various "strange energies" such as X-rays and radioactivity. At the turn of the twentieth century, a new breed of physicist evolved whose mission was to probe the relation­ship between energy and the structure of matter. Within another ten years, physicists abandoned their belief in a Newtonian, material uni­verse because they had come to realize that the universe is not made of matter suspended in empty space but energy.

Quantum physicists discovered that physical atoms are made up of vortices of energy that are constantly spirining and vibrating; each atom is like a wobbly spinning top that radiates energy. Because each atom has its own specific energy signature (wobble), assemblies of atoms (molecules) collectively radiate their own identifying energy patterns. So every material structure in the universe, including you and me, radiates a unique energy signature.

If it were theoretically possible to observe the composition of an actual atom with a microscope, what would we see? Imagine a swirling dust devil cutting across the desert's floor. Now remove the sand and dirt from the funnel cloud. What you have left is an invisi­ble, tornado-like vortex. A number of infinitesimally small, dust devil­like energy vortices called quarks and photons collectively make up

100
Chapter Four The New Physics: Planting Both Feet Firmly on Thin Air
the structure of the atom. From far away, the atom would likely appear as a blurry sphere. As its structure came nearer to focus, the atom would become less clear and less distinct. As the surface of the atom drew near, it would disappear. You would see nothing. In fact, as you focused through the entire structure of the atom, all you would observe is a physical void. The atom has no physical structure — the emperor has no clothes!

Remember the atomic models you studied in school, the ones with marbles and ball bearings going around like the solar system? Let's put that picture beside the "physical" structure of the atom discovered by quantum physicists.

No, there has not been a printing mistake; atoms are made out of invisible energy not tangible matter!

So in our world, material substance (matter) appears out of thin air. Kind of weird, when you think about it. Here you are holding this physical book in your hands. Yet if you were to focus on the book's material substance with an atomic microscope, you would see that you are holding nothing. As it turns out, we undergraduate biology majors were right about one thing —the quantum universe is mind-bending.

Let's look more closely at the "now you see it, now you don't" nature of quantum physics. Matter can simultaneously be defined as a

File:Bruce Lipton - The Biology of Belief-27.png
Newtonian Atom Quantum Atom
101
The Biology of Belief
solid (particle) and as an immaterial force field (wave). When scientists study the physical properties of atoms, such as mass and weight, they look and act like physical matter. However, when the same atoms are described in terms of voltage potentials and wavelengths, they exhib­it the qualities and properties of energy (waves). [Hackermüller, et al, 2003; Chapman, et al, 1995; Pool 1995] The fact that energy and matter are one and the same is precisely what Einstein recognized when he concluded: E - mc2. Simply stated, this equation reveals: Energy (E) = Matter (m, mass) multiplied by the Speed of Light (c) and then squared. Einstein revealed that we do not live in a universe with dis­crete, physical objects separated by dead space. The Universe is one indivisible, dynamic whole in which energy and matter are so deeply entangled it is impossible to consider them as independent elements.

They Are Not Side-Effects... They're Effects!

The awareness that such profoundly different mechanics control the structure and behavior of matter should have offered biomedicine new insights into understanding health and disease. Yet even after the discoveries of quantum physics, biologists and medical students con­tinue to be trained to view the body only as a physical machine that operates in accordance with Newtonian principles. In seeking knowl­edge of how the body's mechanisms are "controlled," researchers have focused their attention on mvestigating a large variety of physical sig­nals, classified into discrete chemical families, including aforemen­tioned hormones, cytokines, growth factors, tumor suppressors, messengers and ions. However, because of their Newtonian, material­istic bias, conventional researchers have completely ignored the role that energy plays in health and disease.

In addition, conventional biologists are reductionists who believe that mechanisms of our physical bodies can be understood by taking the cells apart and studying their chemical building blocks. They believe that the biochemical reactions responsible for life are generat­ed through Henry Ford-styled assembly lines: one chemical causes a

102
Chapter Four The New Physics: Planting Both Feet Firmly on Thin Air
reaction, followed by another reaction with a different chemical, etc. The linear flow of information from A to B to C to D to E is illustrated on the following page.

This reductionist model suggests that if there is a problem in the system, evident as a disease or dysfunction, the source of the problem can be attributed to a malfunction in one of the steps along the chem­ical assembly line. By providing the cell with a functional replacement part for the faulty element, by prescribing pharmaceutical drugs for example, the defective single point can theoretically be repaired and health restored. This assumption spurs the pharmaceutical industry's search for magic-bullet drugs and designer genes.

However, the quantum perspective reveals that the universe is an integration of interdependent energy fields that are entangled in a meshwork of interactions. Biomedical scientists have been particular­ly confounded because they do not recognize the massive complexity of the intercommunication among the physical parts and the energy fields that make up the whole. The reductionist's perception of a linear flow of information is a characteristic of the Newtonian universe.

In contrast, the flow of information in a quantum universe is holis­tic. Cellular constituents are woven into a complex web of crosstalk, feedback and feedforward communication loops (see illustration next page). A biological dysfunction may arise from a miscommunication along any of the routes of information flow. To adjust the chemistry of this complicated interactive system requires a lot more understanding than just adjusting one of the information pathway's components with a drug. If you change the concentration of C for example, it doesn't just influence the action of D. Via holistic pathways, variations in the con­centration of C profoundly influence the behaviors and functions of A, B, and E, as well as D.

Once I realized the nature of the complex interactions between matter and energy, I knew that a reductionist, linear (A>B>C>D>E) approach could not even come close to giving us an accurate under­standing of disease. While quantum physics implied the existence of such interconnected information pathways, recent groundbreaking

103
The Biology of Belief
research in mapping protein-protein interactions in the cell now demonstrates the physical presence of these complex holistic path­ways. [Li, et al, 2004; Giot, et al, 2003; Jansen, et al, 2003] The illus­tration on page 105 shows the interactions among a few of the proteins in a fruit fly cell. Connecting lines represents protein-pro­tein interactions.
Information Flow
A^B^C->D->E
Newtonian - Linear
File:Bruce Lipton - The Biology of Belief-28.jpg
Quantum-Holistic
Clearly, biological dysfunctions can result from miscommunica-tion anywhere within these complex pathways. When you change the parameters of a protein at one point in such a complex pathway, you inevitably alter the parameters of other proteins at innumerable points within the entangled networks. In addition, take a look at the seven circles in the next illustration that group proteins according to their physiologic functions. Notice that proteins within one functional group, such as those concerned with sex determination (arrow), also influence proteins with a completely different function, like RNA syn­thesis (i.e., RNA helicase). "Newtonian" research scientists have not
104
Chapter Four The New Physics: Planting Both Feet Firmly on Thin Air
RNA binding proteins
Sex determination
File:Bruce Lipton - The Biology of Belief-29.jpg
G-patch domain
Transcription/ translation
RNA helicase
Map of interactions among a very small set of the cellular proteins (shaded and num­bered circles) found in a Drosophila (fruit fly) cell. Most of the proteins are associated with the synthesis and metabolism of RNA molecules. Proteins enclosed within ovals are grouped according to specific pathway functions. Connecting lines indicate pro­tein-protein interactions. Protein interconnections among the different pathways reveal how interfering with one protein may produce profound "side-effects" upon other related pathways. More wide spread "side-effects" may be generated when a common protein is utilized in completely different functions. For example, the same Rbp 1 protein (arrow) is used in RNA metabolism as well as in pathways associated with sex determination. Reprinted with permission from Science 302:1727-1736. Copyright 2003 AAAS.

fully appreciated the extensive interconnectivity among the cell's bio­logical information networks.

The mapping of these information network pathways underscores the dangers of prescription drugs. We can now see why pharmaceuti­cal drugs come with information sheets listing voluminous side effects that range from irritating to deadly. When a drug is introduced into the body to treat a malfunction in one protein, that drug inevitably interacts with at least one and possibly many other proteins.

Complicating the drug side-effect issue is also the fact that biolog­ical systems are redundant. The same signals or protein molecules

105
The Biology of Belief
may be simultaneously used in different organs and tissues where they provide for completely different behavioral functions. For exam­ple, when a drug is prescribed to correct a dysfunction in a signaling pathway of the heart, that drug is delivered by the blood to the entire body. This "cardiac" medicine can unintentionally disturb the func­tion of the nervous system if the brain also uses components of the tar­geted signaling pathway. While this redundancy complicates the effects of prescription drugs, it is another remarkably efficient result of evolution. Multicellular organisms can survive with far fewer genes than scientists once thought because the same gene products (protein) are used for a variety of functions. This is similar to using the twenty-six letters of the alphabet to construct every word in our language.

In my research on human blood vessel cells, I experienced first­hand the limits imposed by redundant signaling pathways. In the body, histamine is an important chemical signal that initiates the cells' stress response. When Wstarnine is present in the blood that nourishes the arms and legs, the stress signal produces large gaping pores in the walls of the blood vessels. The opening of these holes in the blood ves­sel's wall is the first step in launching a local inflammatory reaction. However, if histarnine is added to blood vessels in the brain, the same histamine signal increases the flow of nutrition to the neurons, enhanc­ing their growth and specialized functions. In times of stress, the increased nutrition signaled by histamine enables the brain to ramp up its activity in order to better deal with the perceived impending emer­gency. This is an example of how the same histamine signal can create two diametrically opposed effects, depending on the site where the signal is released. [Lipton, et al, 1991]

One of the most ingenious characteristics of the body's sophisti­cated signaling system is its specificity. If you have a poison ivy rash on your arm, the relentless itchiness results from the release of hista­mine, the signal molecule that activates an inflammatory response to the ivy's allergen. Since there is no need to start itching all over your body, the histarnine is only released at the site of the rash. Similarly, when a person is confronted with a stressful life experience, the release of Wstamine within the brain increases blood flow to the nervous tis-

106
Chapter Four The New Physics: Planting Both Feet Firmly on Thin Air
sues, enhancing the neurological processing required for survival. The release of histamine in the brain to deal with stress behaviors is restricted and does not lead to the initiation of inflammation respons­es in other parts of the body. Like the National Guard, histamine is deployed only where it is needed and for as long as it is needed.

But most of the medical industry's drugs have no such specificity. When you take an antihistamine to deal with the itchiness of an aller­gic rash, the ingested drug is distributed systemically. It affects hista­mine receptors wherever they are located throughout the whole body. Yes, the antihistamine will curb the blood vessels' inflammatory response, dramatically reducing allergic symptoms. However, when the antiWstamine enters the brain, it inadvertently alters neural circu­lation that then impacts nerve function. That's why people who take over-the-counter antihistamines may experience allergy relief and also the side effect of feeling drowsy.

A recent example of tragic adverse reactions to drug therapy is the debilitating and life-threatening side effects associated with synthetic hormone replacement therapy (HRT). Estrogen's best-known influ­ence is on the function of the female reproductive system. However, more recent studies on the distribution of estrogen receptors in the body reveal that they, and of course their complementary estrogen sig­nal molecules, play an important role in the normal function of blood vessels, the heart and the brain. Doctors have routinely prescribed syn­thetic estrogen to alleviate menopausal symptoms associated with the shutting-down of a woman's reproductive system. However, pharma­ceutical estrogen therapy does not focus the drug's effects on the intended target tissues. The drug also impacts and disturbs the estro­gen receptors of the heart, the blood vessels and the nervous system. Synthetic hormone replacement therapy has been shown to have dis­turbing side effects that result in cardiovascular disease and neural dysfunctions such as strokes. [Shumaker, et al, 2003; Wassertheil-Smoller, et al, 2003; Anderson, et al, 2003; Cauley, et al, 2003]

Adverse drug effects, like those contributing to the HRT contro­versy, are a primary reason why a leading cause of death is iatrogenic

107
The Biology of Belief
illness, i.e. illness resulting from medical treatment. According to con­servative estimates published in the Journal of the American Medical Association, iatrogenic illness is the third-leading cause of death in this country. More than 120,000 people die from adverse effects of pre­scribed medications each year. [Starfield 2000] However, last year a new study, based on the results of a ten-year survey of government statistics, came up with even more dismal figures. [Null, et al, 2003] That study concludes that iatrogenic illness is actually the leading cause of death in the United States and that adverse reactions to prescription drugs are responsible for more than 300,000 deaths a year.

These are dismaying statistics, especially for a healing profession that has arrogantly dismissed three thousand years of effective Eastern medicine as unscientific, even though it is based on a deeper under­standing of the Universe. For thousands of years, long before Western scientists discovered the laws of quantum physics, Asians have hon­ored energy as the principal factor contributing to health and well-being. In Eastern medicine, the body is defined by an elaborate array of energy pathways called meridians. In Chinese physiologic charts of the human body, these energy networks resemble electronic wiring diagrams. Using aids like acupuncture needles, Chinese physicians test their patient's energy circuits in exactly the same manner that elec­trical engineers "troubleshoot" a printed-circuit board, searching for electrical "pathologies."

Physicians: The Pharmaceutical Patsies

But as admiring as I am of the ancient wisdom of Eastern medi­cine, I do not want to bash Western doctors who prescribe massive quantities of drugs that contribute to the health profession's lethality. Medical doctors are caught between an intellectual rock and a corpo­rate hard place; they are pawns in the huge medical industrial com­plex. Their healing abilities are hobbled by an archaic medical education founded on a Newtonian, matter-only Universe. Unfortunately, that philosophy went out of vogue seventy-five years ago, when physicists officially adopted quantum mechanics and rec­ognized that the Universe is actually made out of energy.

108
Chapter Four The New Physics: Planting Both Feet Firmly on Thin Air
In their postgraduate years, those same doctors receive their con­tinuing education about pharmaceutical products from drug reps, the errand boys of the corporate healthcare industry. Essentially, these non-professionals, whose primary goal is to sell product, provide doc­tors with "information" about the efficacy of new drugs. Drug compa­nies freely offer this "education" so they can persuade doctors to "push" their products. It is evident that the massive quantities of drugs prescribed in this country violate the Hippocratic oath taken by all doctors to "First do no harm." We have been programmed by phar­maceutical corporations to become a nation of prescription drug-pop­ping junkies with tragic results. We need to step back and incorporate the discoveries of quantum physics into biomedicine so that we can create a new, safer system of medicine that is attuned to the laws of Nature.

Physics and Medicine:

A Day Late and a Dollar Short

The physical sciences have already embraced quantum physics with sensational results. Humanity's wake-up call to the reality of a quantum universe occurred on August 6, 1945. The atomic bomb dropped on Hiroshima that day demonstrated the awesome power of applied quantum theory and dramatically ushered in the Atomic Age. On a more constructive note, quantum physics made possible the elec­tronic miracles that are the foundation of the Information Age. The application of quantum mechanics was directly responsible for the development of TVs, computers, CAT scans, lasers, rocket ships and cell phones.

But what great and marvelous advances in biomedical sciences can we attribute to the quantum revolution? Let's list them in order of their importance:

It is a very short list —there haven't been any.

Though I stress the need to apply the principles of quantum mechanics in bioscience, I'm not advocating that medicine throw out the valuable lessons they have learned using the principles of Isaac

109
The Biology of Belief
Newton. The newer laws of quantum mechanics do not negate the results of classical physics. The planets are still moving in paths that were predicted by Newton's mathematics. The difference between the two physics is that quantum mechanics more specifically applies to molecular and atomic realms while Newtonian laws apply to higher levels of organization, such as organ systems, people or populations of people. The manifestation of a disease, such as cancer, may show up at a macro level when you can see and feel a tumor. However, the processes that instigated the cancer were initiated at the molecular level within the affected progenitor cells. In fact, most biological dys­functions (except injuries due to physical trauma) start at the level of a cell's molecules and ions. Hence the need for a biology that integrates both quantum and Newtonian mechanics.

There have, thankfully, been some visionary biologists who have advocated this integration. More than forty years ago the renowned Nobel Prize-winning physiologist Albert Szent-Gyorgyi published a book called Introduction to a Submolecular Biology. [Szent-Gyorgyi 1960] His text was a noble effort to educate the community of life scientists about the importance of quantum physics in biological systems. Unfortunately, his traditional peers, who considered the book to be the ravings of a once brilliant but now senile old man, merely lamented the "loss" of their former colleague.

Biologists in the main have still not recognized the importance of Szent-Gyorgyi's book, but research suggests that sooner or later they will have to because the weight of scientific evidence is toppling the old materialist paradigm. You recall the movements of protein mole­cules that are the stuff of life? Scientists have tried to predict those movements using the principles of Newtonian physics, to no avail. By now, I bet you can guess why: in 2000, an article by V. Pophristic and L. Goodman in the journal Nature revealed that the laws of quantum physics, not Newtonian laws, control a molecule's life-generating movements. [Pophristic and Goodman 2001]

Reviewing this ground-breaking study for Nature, biophysicist F. Weinhold concluded: "When will chemistry textbooks begin to serve

110
Chapter Four The New Physics: Planting Both Feet Firmly on Thin Air
as aids, rather than barriers, to this enriched quantum-mechanic per­spective on how molecular turnstiles work?" He further emphasized: "What are the forces that control the twisting and folding of molecules into complex shapes? Don't look for the answers in your organic chemistry textbook." [Weinhold 2001] Yet organic chemistry provides the mechanistic foundation for biomedicine; and as Weinhold notes, that branch of science is so far out of date that its textbooks have yet to recognize quantum mechanics. Conventional medical researchers have no understanding of the molecular mechanisms that truly pro­vide for life.

Hundreds upon hundreds of other scientific studies over the last fifty years have consistently revealed that "invisible forces" of the elec­tromagnetic spectrum profoundly impact every facet of biological reg­ulation. These energies include microwaves, radio frequencies, the visible light spectrum, extremely low frequencies, acoustic frequencies and even a newly recognized form of force known as scalar energy. Specific frequencies and patterns of electromagnetic radiation regulate DNA, RNA and protein syntheses, alter protein shape and function, and control gene regulation, cell division, cell differentiation, morpho­genesis (the process by which cells assemble into organs and tissues), hormone secretion, nerve growth and function. Each one of these cel­lular activities is a fundamental behavior that contributes to the unfolding of life. Though these research studies have been published in some of the most respected mainstream biomedical journals, their revolutionary findings have not been incorporated into the medical school curriculum. [Liboff 2004; Goodman and Blank 2002; Sivitz 2000; Jin, et al, 2000; Blackman, et al, 1993; Rosen 1992, Blank 1992; Tsong 1989; Yen-Patton, et al, 1988]

An important study forty years ago by Oxford University bio-physicist C. W. F. McClare calculated and compared the efficiency of information transfer between energy signals and chemical signals in biological systems. His research, "Resonance in Bioenergetics" pub­lished in the Annals of the New York Academy of Science, revealed that energetic signaling mechanisms such as electromagnetic frequencies are a hundred times more efficient in relaying environmental infor-

111
The Biology of Belief
mation than physical signals such as hormones, neurotransmitters, growth factors, etc. [McClare 1974]

It is not surprising that energetic signals are so much more effi­cient. In physical molecules, the information that can be carried is directly linked to a molecule's available energy. However, the chemi­cal coupling employed to transfer their information is accompanied by a massive loss of energy due to the heat generated in making and breaking chemical bonds. Because thermo-chemical coupling wastes most of the molecule's energy, the small amount of energy that remains limits the amount of information that can be carried as the signal.

We know that living organisms must receive and interpret envi­ronmental signals in order to stay alive. In fact, survival is directly related to the speed and efficiency of signal transfer. The speed of elec­tromagnetic energy signals is 186,000 miles per second, while the speed of a diffusible chemical is considerably less than 1 centimeter per second. Energy signals are 100 times more efficient and infinitely faster than physical chemical signaling. What kind of signaling would your trillion-celled community prefer? Do the math!

Buying the Pharm

I believe the major reason why energy research has been all but ignored comes down to dollars and cents. The trillion dollar pharma­ceutical industry puts its research money into the search for magic bul­lets in the form of chemicals because pills mean money. If energy healing could be made into tablet form, drug manufacturers would get interested quickly.

Instead, they identify deviations in physiology and behavior that vary from some hypothetical norm as unique disorders or dysfunc­tions, and then they educate the public about the dangers of these menacing disorders. Of course, the over-simplified symptomology used in defining the dysfunctions prevalent in drug company adver­tisements has viewers convinced they are afflicted by that particular malady. "Do you worry? Worry is a primary symptom of "medical

n:
Chapter Four The New Physics: Planting Both Feet Firmly on Thin Air
condition" called Anxiety Disorder. Stop your worry. Tell your doc­tor you want Addictazac, the new passion-pink drug."

Meanwhile, the media essentially avoids the issue of deaths by medicine by directing our attention to the dangers of illicit drugs. They admonish us that using drugs to escape life's problems is not the way to resolve one's issue. Funny...I was just going to use that exact sen­tence to describe my concerns about the overuse of legal drugs. Are they dangerous? Ask the people who died last year. Using prescrip­tion drugs to silence a body's symptoms enables us to ignore personal involvement we may have with the onset of those symptoms. The overuse of prescription drugs provides a vacation from personal responsibility.

Our drug mania reminds me of a job at an auto dealership I held while in graduate school. At 4:30 on a Friday afternoon, an irate woman came into the shop. Her car's "service engine light" was flash­ing, even though her car had already been repaired for that same prob­lem several times. At 4:30 on a Friday afternoon, who wants to work on a balky problem and deal with a furious customer? Everyone was quiet, except for one mechanic who said: "Til take care of it." He drove the car back into the bay, got in behind the dashboard, removed the bulb from the signal light and threw it away. Then he opened a can of soda and lit a cigarette. After a suitable time, during which the cus­tomer thought he was actually fixing the car, the mechanic returned and told the woman her car was ready. Thrilled to see that the warn­ing light had stopped flashing, she happily drove off into the sunset. Though the cause of the problem was still present, the symptom was gone. Similarly, pharmaceutical drugs suppress the body's symptoms, but, most never address the cause of the problem.

Wait, you say, "Times have changed." We are now more educated to the dangers of drugs and more open to alternative therapies. It is true that because half of Americans visit complementary health prac­titioners, traditional doctors can no longer put their heads in the sand and hope other approaches go away. Insurance companies have even

113
The Biology of Belief
File:Bruce Lipton - The Biology of Belief-30.jpg
Mammogram. Note the above illustration is not a photograph of a breast, it is an electronic image created from scanning the radiant energy characteristics of the organ's cells and tissues. Differentials in the energy spectra enable radiologists to distinguish between healthy and diseased tissues (the black spot in the center).
started to pay for services they once deemed quackery, and major teaching hospitals allow a limited number of such practitioners inside.

But even today very little scientific rigor has been marshaled to assess the effectiveness of complementary medicine. The National Institutes of Health did create an "alternative medicine" branch, thanks to pressure from the public. But that is only a token gesture to quell activists and consumers who spend lots of money on alternative health care. There are no serious research funds available for studying energy medicine. The rub is that without supportive research, energy-based healing modalities are officially labeled "unscientific."

Good Vibes, Bad Vibes and the Language of Energy

Though conventional medicine still has not focused on the role energy plays as "information" in biological systems, ironically, it has

114
Chapter Four The New Physics: Planting Both Feet Firmly on Thin Air
embraced noninvasive scanning technologies, which read such energy fields. Quantum physicists have created energy-scanning devices that can analyze the frequencies emitted by specific chemicals. These scan­ning systems enable scientists to identify the molecular composition of materials and objects. Physicists have adapted these devices to read the energy spectra emitted by our body's tissues and organs. Because energy fields travel easily through the physical body, these modern devices, such as CAT scans, MPJs and positron emission tomography (PET) scans, can detect disease non-invasively. Physicians are able to diagnose internal problems by differentiating the spectral energy char­acter of healthy and diseased tissue in the scanned images.

The energy scan, illustrated on the page to the left reveals the pres­ence of breast cancer. The diseased tissue emits its own unique energy signature, which differs from the energy emitted by surrounding healthy cells. The energy signatures that pass through our bodies trav­el through space as invisible waves that resemble ripples on a pond. If you drop a pebble into a pond, the "energy" carried in the falling peb­ble (due to the force of gravity pulling on its mass) is transmitted to the water. The ripples generated by the pebble are actually energy waves passing through the water.

If more than one pebble is thrown into the water at the same time, the spreading ripples (energy waves) from each source can interfere with each other, forming composite waves where two or more ripples converge. That interference can be either constructive (energy-ampli­fying) or destructive (energy-deflating).

File:Bruce Lipton - The Biology of Belief-31.png
115
The Biology of Belief
_ Wave A Wave B

iA/WW-^MAA

'HI

Constructive Interference. In 1 above, two sets of ripples are moving across the surface of water toward each other. As illustrated, both wave A and B are moving toward each other with their ripples in phase, in this case both waves are leading with their negative amplitude. Their cycle patterns are aligned. The waves merge together at the interface where two ripptes meet. To illustrate the consequence of this merger, the waves are drawn with one above the other in figure 2. Where the ampli­tude of A is +1, the amplitude of B is also +1. Add the two together, and the resulting amplitude of the composite wave at that point is +2. Likewise, where A is -1 so is B, together the total amplitude will be -2. The resulting higher amplitude composite wave is illustrated in 3.

Dropping two pebbles of the same size, from the same height, and at exactly the same time, coordinates the wave action of their ripples. The ripples from each pebble converge on each other. Where the rip­ples overlap, the combined power of the interacting waves is doubled, a phenomenon referred to as constructive interference, or harmonic res­onance. When the dropping of the pebbles is not coordinated, their energy waves are out of sync. As one wave is going up, the other is going down. At the point of convergence these out of sync energy waves cancel each other. Instead of a doubling of the energy where the ripples interfere with each other, the water is calm.. .there is no energy wave. This phenomenon of canceling energy waves is called destruc­tive interference.

116
Chapter Four The New Physics: Planting Both Feet Firmly on Thin Air
Wave A Wave B

sl/WV—A/WV

Destructive Interference. Infigure I, theripples derived from first pebble, labeled as Wave A, are moving from left to right. Wave B, moving right to left, repre­sents the ripples from a second pebble dropped shortly after the first. Since the peb­bles did not hit the water at the same time, the waves will not be aligned when they merge at the interface, they will be "out of phase." In the illustration, Wave A is lead­ing with a negative amplitude and Wave B is leading with a positive amplitude. Where they meet in figure 2, the waves are mirror-images of each other, the high amplitude (+1) of one wave is aligned with the low amplitude (-1) of the other, and vice versa. As shown in 3, the amplitude values of each wave cancel each other out, so that the composite wave having 0 amplitude is no wave at alt...its flat!

The behavior of energy waves is important for biomedicine because vibrational frequencies can alter the physical and chemical properties of an atom as surely as physical signals like Wstamine and estrogen. Because atoms are in constant motion, which you can mea­sure by their vibration, they create wave patterns similar to the expanding ripples from the thrown pebbles we talked about above. Each atom is unique because the distribution of its negative and posi­tive charges, coupled with its spin rate, generates a specific vibration or frequency pattern. [Oschman 2000]

Scientists have devised a way to stop an atom dead in its tracks by exploiting its energy waves. They first identify the frequency of a spe-

117
The Biology of Belief
cific atom and then tune a laser to emit the same frequency. Though the atom and the photoelectric frequency emit the same wave pattern, the laser's waves are designed to be out of sync with those of the atom. When the light wave interacts with the atom's wave, the resulting destructive interference cancels the atom's vibrations and it stops spin­ning. [Chu 2002; Rumbles 2001]

When you want to enhance rather than stop atoms, you find vibra­tions that create harmonic resonance. Those vibrations can be of elec­tromagnetic or acoustic origin. When, for example, a skilled vocalist like Ella Fitzgerald maintains a note that is harmonically resonant with the atoms of a crystal goblet, the goblet's atoms absorb her sound waves. Through the mechanics of constructive interference, the added energy of resonant sound waves causes the goblet's atoms to vibrate faster. Eventually the atoms absorb so much energy that they vibrate fast enough to break free from the bonds that hold them together. WTien that happens, the goblet actually explodes.

Doctors use constructive interference mechanics to treat kidney stones, a rare case where the laws of quantum physics have been har­nessed as a therapeutic tool in modern medicine. Kidney stones are crystals whose atoms vibrate at a specific frequency. Doctors non-inva-sively focus a harmonic frequency on the kidney stone. Constructive interference results when the focused energy waves interact with the atoms in the kidney stones. Like the atoms in the crystal goblet exam­ple above, the atoms of the kidney stones vibrate so quickly that the stones explode and dissolve. The small, remaining fragments can then be easily passed from the system without the excruciating pain that accompanies large, unexploded stones.

The science of physics implies that the same harmonic resonance mechanism, by which sound waves destroy a goblet or a kidney stone, can enable similar energy harmonics to influence the functions of our body's chemistry. But biologists have not explored these mechanisms with the passion with which they pursue new drugs. That is unfortu­nate, because there is enough scientific evidence to suspect that we can

118
Chapter Four The New Physics: Planting Both Feet Firmly on Thin Air
tailor a waveform as a therapeutic agent in much the same way as we now modulate chemical structures with drugs.

There was a time in medicine when electrotherapy was used extensively. At the end of the nineteenth century, the development of batteries and other devices that produce electromagnetic fields led to hastily constructed machines that were supposed to cure disease. The public sought out practitioners of this new-fangled healing art called radioesthesia. Word spread that these devices were very effective. In fact, they became so popular that magazines were likely to tout ads that read something like, "Be a Radioesthesiast! Only $9.99 —includes instructions!" By 1894, over 10,000 U.S. physicians as well as an untold number of self-trained home consumers were regularly using electrotherapy.

In 1895, D.D. Palmer created the science of Chiropractic. Palmer recognized that the flow of energy through the nervous system is crit­ical to health. He focused on the mechanics of the vertebral column, the conduit through which spinal nerves provide information to the body. He developed skills to assess and tune the flow of information by adjusting the backbone's tensions and pressures.

The medical profession became threatened by Palmer's chiroprac­tors, as well as homeopathic healers, radioesthesiasts and other drug-less practitioners who were taking away much of their business. The Carnegie Foundation published the Flexner Report in 1910 that called for all medical practices to be based on proven science. Because physi­cists had not yet discovered the quantum universe, energy medicine was incomprehensible to science. Denounced by the American Medical Association, chiropractic and other energy-based modalities fell into disrepute. Radioesthesiasts disappeared completely.

In the last forty years, chiropractic has made great inroads in the healing arts. In 1990, chiropractors won a lengthy court battle against the medical monopoly when the American Medical Association was found guilty of illegal attempts to destroy the profession. Since then, chiropractic has spread its sphere of influence—it is even accepted in some hospitals. And despite electrotherapy's checkered past, neuro-

119
The Biology of Belief
scientists are conducting exciting new research in the area of vibra­tional energy therapies.

The brain has long been recognized to be an electrical organ, which is why electroshock therapy has historically been used to treat depres­sion. But scientists are now working on less invasive tools to treat the electric brain. A recent article in Science touted the beneficial effects of transcranial magnetic stimulation (TMS), which stimulates the brain with magnetic fields. [Helmuth 2001; Hallet 2000] TMS is an updated version of the same 19th century radioesthesia healing techniques that were once denounced by conventional medicine. New studies suggest that TMS can be a powerful therapeutic tool. If used properly, it can ease depression and alter cognition.

It is clear we need interdisciplinary research in this promising and understudied area, research that encompasses quantum physics, elec­trical engineering, chemistry, as well as biology. Such research will be particularly welcomed because it is likely to result in therapies with far fewer side effects than drugs. But the research will only confirm what scientists and non-scientists already "know" but may not realize they know: all organisms, including humans, communicate and read their environment by evaluating energy fields. Because humans are so dependent on spoken and written language, we have neglected our energy sensing communication system. As with any biological func­tion, a lack of use leads to atrophy. Interestingly, aborigines still utilize this hyper-sensory capacity in their daily lives. For them there has been no "sensory" atrophy. For example, Australian aborigines can sense water buried deep beneath the sand and Amazonian shamans communicate with the energies of their medicinal plants.

You no doubt on occasion get a glimmer of your ancient sensing mechanism. Have you ever walked down a dark street at night and instantly felt drained of energy? What were you experiencing? Destructive interference, just like out-of-sync pebbles thrown into a pond or, in popular jargon, bad vibes! Remember unexpectedly meeting that special someone in your life and becoming so energized

120
Chapter Four The New Physics: Planting Both Feet Firmly on Thin Air
you felt "high?" You were experiencing constructive interference or good vibes.

When I gave up my view that we are inert matter, I realized not only that the science of my chosen career was out of date, but also that I needed to promote more constructive interference in my own life. I needed a personal quantum physics-inspired tune-up! Rather than focusing on creating harmonic energies in my life, I was going through life willy-nilly, mindlessly expending energy. That is the equivalent of heating a house in the dead of winter while leaving the doors and win­dows open. I started closing those doors and windows by carefully examining where I was wasting my energy. It was easy for me to close some of them. For example, it was easy to get rid of energy-draining activities like those deadly faculty parties. It was harder to get rid of the energy-draining defeatist thinking in which I habitually engaged. Thoughts consume energy as surely as does marathon running, as we'll see in the next chapter.

I needed a quantum tune-up. And so, I've made clear, does bio-medicine. But as I said earlier, we are already in the midst of a very slow shift in medicine, propelled by consumers who are seeking out complementary medicine practitioners in record numbers. It's been a long time coming, but the quantum biological revolution is nigh. The medical establishment will eventually be dragged, half kicking and screaming, full force into the quantum revolution.

121
Chapter
5
File:Bruce Lipton - The Biology of Belief-33.jpg
BIOLOGY AND BELIEF
I n 1952 a young British physician made a mistake. It was a mistake that was to bring short-lived scientific glory to Dr. Albert Mason. Mason tried to treat a fifteen-year-old boy's warts using hypnosis. Mason and other doctors had successfully used hypnosis to get rid of warts, but this was an especially tough case. The boy's leathery skin looked more like an elephant's hide than a human's, except for his chest, which had normal skin.

Mason's first hypnosis session focused on one arm. When the boy was in a hypnotic trance, Mason told him that the skin on that arm would heal and turn into healthy, pink skin. When the boy came back a week later, Mason was gratified to see that the arm looked healthy. But when Mason brought the boy to the referring surgeon, who had unsuccessfully tried to help the boy with skin grafts, he learned that he had made a medical error. The surgeon's eyes were wide with aston­ishment when he saw the boy's arm. It was then that he told Mason that the boy was suffering, not from warts, but from a lethal genetic

123
The Biology of Belief
disease called congenital ichthyosis. By reversing the symptoms using "only" the power of the mind, Mason and the boy had accomplished what had until that time been considered impossible. Mason contin­ued the hypnosis sessions, with the stunning result that most of the boy's skin came to look like the healthy, pink arm after the first hyp­nosis session. The boy, who had been mercilessly teased in school because of his grotesque-looking skin, went on to lead a normal life.

When Mason wrote about his startling treatment for ichthyosis in the British Medical Journal in 1952, his article created a sensation. [Mason 1952] Mason was touted in the media and became a magnet for patients suffering from the rare, lethal disease that no one before had ever cured. But hypnosis was in the end not a cure-all. Mason tried it on a number of other ichthyosis patients, but he was never able to replicate the results he had had with the young boy. Mason attrib­utes his failure to his own belief about the treatment. When Mason treated the new patients he couldn't replicate his cocky attitude as a young physician thinking he was treating a bad case of warts. After that first patient, Mason was fully aware that he was treating what everyone in the medical establishment knew to be a congenital, "incur­able" disease. Mason tried to pretend that he was upbeat about the prognosis, but he told the Discovery Health Channel, "I was acting." [Discovery Health Channel 2003]

How is it possible that the mind can override genetic program­ming, as it did in the case above? And how could Mason's belief about that treatment affect its outcome? The New Biology suggests some answers to those questions. We saw in the last chapter that matter and energy are entangled. The logical corollary is that the mind (energy) and body (matter) are similarly bound, though Western medicine has tried valiantly to separate them for hundreds of years.

In the seventeenth century, René Descartes dismissed the idea that the mind influences the physical character of the body. Descartes' notion was that the physical body was made out of matter and the mind was made out of an unidentified, but clearly immaterial sub­stance. Because he couldn't identify the nature of the mind, Descartes

124
Chapter Five Biology and Belief
left behind an irresolvable philosophical conundrum: since only mat­ter can affect matter, how can an immaterial mind be "connected" to a material body? The non-physical mind envisioned by Descartes was popularly defined as the "Ghost in the Machine" by Gilbert Ryle fifty years ago in his book The Concept of Mind. [Ryle 1949] Traditional bio-medicine, whose science is based on a Newtonian matter-only uni­verse, embraced Descartes' separation of mind and body. Medically speaking, it would be far easier to fix a mechanical body without hav­ing to deal with its meddling "ghost."

The reality of a quantum universe reconnects what Descartes took apart. Yes, the mind (energy) arises from the physical body, just as Descartes thought. However, our new understanding of the Universe's mechanics shows us how the physical body can be affected by the immaterial mind. Thoughts, the mind's energy, directly influ­ence how the physical brain controls the body's physiology. Thought "energy" can activate or inhibit the cell's function-producing proteins via the mechanics of constructive and destructive interference, described in the previous chapter. That is why, when I took the first step toward changing my life, I actively monitored where I was expending my brain's energy. I had to examine the consequences of energy I invested in my thoughts as closely as I examined the expen­ditures of energy I used to power my physical body.

Despite the discoveries of quantum physics, the mind-body split in Western medicine still prevails. Scientists have been trained to dis­miss cases like the boy above who used his mind to heal a genetically "mandated" disease, as quirky anomalies. I believe, on the contrary, that scientists should embrace the study of these anomalies. Buried in exceptional cases are the roots of a more powerful understanding of the nature of life —"more powerful" because the principles behind these exceptions trump established "truths." The fact is that harness­ing the power of your mind can be more effective than the drugs you have been programmed to believe you need. The research I discussed in the last chapter found that energy is a more efficient means of affect­ing matter than chemicals.

125
The Biology of Belief
Unfortunately, scientists most often deny rather than embrace exceptions. My favorite example of scientific denial of the reality of mind-body interactions relates to an article that appeared in Science about nineteenth-century German physician, Robert Koch, who along with Pasteur founded the Germ Theory. The Germ Theory holds that bacteria and viruses are the cause of disease. That theory is widely accepted now, but in Koch's day it was more controversial. One of Koch's critics was so convinced that the Germ Theory was wrong that he brazenly wolfed down a glass of water laced with vibrio cholerae, the bacteria Koch believed caused cholera. To everyone's astonishment, the man was completely unaffected by the virulent pathogen. The Science article published in 2000 describing the incident stated: "For unexplained reasons he remained symptom free, but nevertheless incorrect." [DiRita 2000]

The man survived and Science, reflecting the unanimity of opinion on the Germ Theory, had the audacity to say his criticism was incor­rect? If it is claimed that this bacterium is the cause of cholera and the man demonstrates that he is unaffected by the germs.. .how can he be "incorrect?" Instead of trying to figure out how the man avoided the dreaded disease, scientists blithely dismiss this and other embarrass­ing "messy" exceptions that spoil their theories. Remember the "dogma" that genes control biology? Here is another example in which scientists, bent on establishing the validity of their truth, ignore pesky exceptions. The problem is that there cannot be exceptions to a theory; exceptions simply mean that a theory is not fully correct.

A current example of a reality that challenges the established beliefs of science concerns the ancient religious practice of fire-walk­ing. Seekers gather together daily to stretch the realms of convention­al awareness by walking across beds of hot coals. Measurement of the stone's temperature and duration of exposure are enough to cause medically relevant burns on the feet, yet thousands of participants emerge from the process totally unscathed. Before you jump to the conclusion that the coals were not really not that hot, consider the numbers of participants who waver in their beliefs and get scalded walking across the same bed of coals.

126
Chapter Five Biology and Belief
Similarly, science is unambiguous about its claim that the HIV virus causes AIDS. But it has no conception as to why large numbers of individuals that have been infected with the virus for decades do not express the disease? More baffling is the reality of terminal cancer patients who have recovered their lives through spontaneous remis­sions. Because such remissions are outside the bounds of convention­al theory, science completely disregards the fact that they ever happened. Spontaneous remissions are dismissed as unexplainable exceptions to our current truths or simply, misdiagnoses.

When Positive Thinking Goes Bad

Before I go on to discuss the incredible power of our minds and how my research on cells provided insight into how the body's mind-body pathways work, I need to make it very clear that I do not believe that simply thinking positive thoughts always leads to physical cures. You need more than just "positive thinking" to harness control of your body and your life. It is important for our health and well-being to shift our mind's energy toward positive, life-generating thoughts and elim­inate ever-present, energy-draining and debilitating negative thoughts. But, and I mean that in the biggest sense of "BUT," the mere thinking of positive thoughts will not necessarily have any impact on our lives at all! In fact, sometimes people who "flunk" positive thinking become more debilitated because now they think their situation is hopeless — they believe they have exhausted all mind and body remedies.

What those positive-thinking dropouts haven't understood is that the seemingly "separate" subdivisions of the mind, the conscious and the subconscious are interdependent. The conscious mind is the creative one, the one that can conjure up "positive thoughts." In contrast, the subconscious mind is a repository of stimulus-response tapes derived from instincts and learned experiences. The subconscious mind is strictly habitual; it will play the same behavioral responses to life's sig­nals over and over again, much to our chagrin. How many times have you found yourself going ballistic over something trivial like an open toothpaste tube? You have been trained since childhood to carefully replace the cap. When you find the tube with its cap left off, your "but-

127
The Biology of Belief
tons are pushed" and you automatically fly into a rage. You've just experienced the simple stimulus-response of a behavior program stored in the subconscious mind.

When it comes to sheer neurological processing abilities, the sub­conscious mind is millions of times more powerful than the conscious mind. If the desires of the conscious mind conflict with the programs in the subconscious mind, which "mind" do you think will win out? You can repeat the positive affirmation that you are lovable over and over or that your cancer tumor will shrink. But if, as a child, you heard over and over that you are worthless and sickly, those messages pro­grammed in your subconscious mind will undermine your best con­scious efforts to change your life. Remember how quickly your last New Year's resolution to eat less food fell by the wayside as the aroma of the baking turkey dissolved your resolve? We'll learn more about the origins of self-sabotaging subconscious prograrnming in Chapter 7, Conscious Parenting, and how to quickly rewrite them. But for the moment, be aware that there is hope even for those of you who used positive thinking and failed miserably.

Mind Over Body

Let's review what we know about cells. We learned in earlier chap­ters that the functions of cells are directly derived from the movements of their protein "gears." The movement generated by assemblies of proteins provides the physiologic functions that enable life. While pro­teins are the physical building blocks, complementary environmental signals are required to animate their movement. The interface between environmental signals and behavior-producing cytoplasmic proteins is the cell's membrane. The membrane receives stimuli and then engages the appropriate, life-sustaining cellular responses. The cell membrane operates as the cell's "brain." Integral membrane receptor-effector proteins (IMPs) are the fundamental physical subunits of the cellular brain's "intelligence" mechanism. By functional definition, these protein complexes are "perception switches" that link reception of environmental stimuli to response-generating protein pathways.

128
Chapter Five Biology and Belief
Cells generally respond to a an assortment of very basic "percep­tions" of what's going on in their world. Such perceptions include whether things like potassium, calcium, oxygen, glucose, histamine, estrogen, toxins, light or any number of other stimuli are present in their immediate environment. The simultaneous interactions of tens of thousands of reflexive perception switches in the membrane, each directly reading an individual environmental signal, collectively cre­ate the complex behavior of a living cell.

For the first three billion years of life on this planet, the biosphere consisted of free-living single cells such as bacteria, algae and proto­zoans. While we have traditionally considered such life forms as soli­tary individuals, we are now aware that signal molecules used by individual cells to regulate their own physiologic functions, when released into the environment, also influence the behavior of other organisms. Signals released into the environment allow for a coordi­nation of behavior among a dispersed population of unicellular organ­isms. Secreting signal molecules into the environment enhanced the survival of single cells by providing them with the opportunity to live as a primitive "community."

The single-celled slime mold amoebas provide an example of how signaling molecules lead to community. These amoebas live a solitary existence in the soil foraging for food. When available food in the envi­ronment is consumed, the cells synthesize an excess amount of a meta­bolic byproduct called cyclic-AMP (cAMP), much of which is released into the environment. The concentration of the released cAMP builds in the environment as other amoeba face starvation. When secreted cAMP signal molecules bind to cAMP-receptors on the cell mem­branes of other slime mold amoeba, it signals them to activate a swarming behavior wherein the amoeba congregate and form a large multicellular "slug." The slug community is the reproductive stage of slime mold. During the "famine" period, the community of aging cells shares their DNA and creates the next generation of offspring. The new amoeba hibernate as inactive spores. When more food is avail­able, the food molecules act as a signal to break the hibernation, releas­ing a new population of single cells to start the cycle over again.

129
The Biology of Belief
The point is that single-celled organisms actually live in commu­nity when they share their "awareness" and coordinate their behaviors by releasing "signal" molecules into the environment. Cyclic AMP was one of evolution's earliest forms of secreted regulatory signals that control cell behavior. The fundamental human signal molecules (e.g., hormones, neuropeptides, cytokines, growth factors) that regu­late our own cellular communities were once thought to have arisen with the appearance of complex multicellular life forms. However, recent research has now revealed that primitive single-celled organ­isms were already using these "human" signal molecules in the earli­est stages of evolution.

Through evolution, cells maximized the number of IMP "aware­ness" proteins their membranes could hold. To acquire more aware­ness, and therefore increase their probability of surviving, cells started to assemble, first into simple colonies and later into highly organized cellular communities. As described earlier, the physiologic functions of multicellular organisms are parceled out to specialized communi­ties of cells forming the body's tissues and organs. In communal orga­nizations, the cell membrane's intelligence processing is carried out by the specialized cells of the organism's nervous and immune systems.

It was only 700 million years ago, recent in regard to the time frame of life on this planet, when single cells found it advantageous to join together in tightly knit multicellular communities, organizations we recognize as animals and plants. The same coordmating signal molecules used by free-living cells were used in these newly evolved closed communities. By tightly regulating the release and distribution of these function-controlling signal molecules, the community of cells would be able to coordinate their functions and act as a single life form. In the more primitive multicellular organisms, those without specialized nervous systems, the flow of these signal molecules with­in the community provided an elementary "mind," represented by the coordmating information shared by every cell. In such organisms, each cell directly read environmental cues and personally adjusted its own behavior.

130
Chapter Five Biology and Belief
However, when cells came together in community, a new politic had to be established. In community, each cell cannot act as an inde­pendent agent that does whatever it wants. The term "community" implies that all of its members commit to a common plan of action. In multicellular animals, individual cells may "see" the local environ­ment outside of their own "skin," but they may have no awareness of what is going on in more distant environments, especially those out­side of the whole organism itself. Can a liver cell buried in your vis­cera, responding to its local environmental signals, make an informed response regarding the consequence of a mugger that jumps into your environment? The complex behavior controls needed to ensure a mul­ticellular organization's survival are incorporated within its central­ized information processing system.

As more complex animals evolved, specialized cells took over the job of monitoring and organizing the flow of the behavior regulating signal molecules. These cells provided a distributed nerve network and central information processor, a brain. The brain's function is to coordinate the dialogue of signal molecules within the community. Consequently, in a community of cells, each cell must acquiesce con­trol to the informed decisions of its awareness authority, the brain. The brain controls the behavior of the body's cells. This is a very important point to consider as we blame the cells of our organs and tissues for the health issues we experience in our lives.

Emotions: Feeling the Language of Cells

In higher, more aware life forms, the brain developed a specializa­tion that enabled the whole community to tune into the status of its regulatory signals. The evolution of the limbic system provided a unique mechanism that converted the chemical communication sig­nals into sensations that could be experienced by all of the cells in the community. Our conscious mind experiences these signals as emo­tions. The conscious mind not only "reads" the flow of the cellular coordinating signals that comprise the body's "mind," it can also gen-

131
The Biology of Belief
erate emotions, which are manifest through the controlled release of regulatory signals by the nervous system.

At the same time that I was studying the mechanics of the cell's brain and gaining insight into the operation of the human brain, Candace Pert was studying the human brain and becoming aware of the mechanics of the cell's brain. In Molecules of Emotion, Pert revealed how her study of information-processing receptors on nerve cell mem­branes led her to discover that the same "neural" receptors were pre­sent on most, if not all, of the body's cells. Her elegant experiments established that the "mind" was not focused in the head, but was dis­tributed via signal molecules to the whole body. As importantly, her work emphasized that emotions were not only derived through a feed­back of the body's environmental information. Through self-con­sciousness, the mind can use the brain to generate "molecules of emotion" and override the system. While proper use of consciousness can bring health to an ailing body, inappropriate unconscious control of emotions can easily make a healthy body diseased, a topic I will expand upon in Chapters 6 and 7. Molecules of Emotion is a very insightful book describing the scientific discoveiy process. It also pro­vides some revealing insights into the struggles encountered when trying to introduce new "ideas" into science's Old Boy Club, a subject with which I am all too familiar! [Pert 1997]

The limbic system offered a major evolutionary advance through its ability to sense and coordinate the flow of behavior-regulating sig­nals within the cellular community. As the internal signal system evolved, its greater efficiency enabled the brain to increase in size. Multicellular organisms gained increasingly more cells that were ded­icated to responding to an ever-wider variety of external environmen­tal signals. While individual cells can respond to simple sensory perceptions such as red, round, aromatic, and sweet, the extra brain­power available in multicellular animals enables them to combine those simple sensations into a higher level of complexity and perceive "apple."

132
Chapter Five Biology and Belief
Fundamental reflex behaviors acquired through evolution are passed on to offspring in the form of genetic-based instincts. The evo­lution of larger brains, with their increased neural cell population, offered organisms the opportunity not only to rely on instinctual behavior, but also to learn from their life experiences. The learning of novel reflex behaviors is essentially a product of conditioning. For example, consider the classic example of Pavlov framing his dogs to salivate at the ring of a bell. He first trained them by ringing a bell and coupling that stimulus with a food reward. After awhile, he would ring the bell but not offer the food. By that time, the dogs were so pro­grammed to expect the food that when the bell rang, they reflexively started to salivate even though no food was present. This is clearly an "unconscious," learned reflex behavior.

Reflex behaviors may be as simple as the spontaneous kick of the leg when a mallet taps the knee, or as complex as driving a car at sixty-five miles per hour on a crowded interstate highway while your con­scious mind is fully engaged in conversation with a passenger. Though conditioned behavioral responses may be inordinately com­plex, they are "no-brainers." Through the conditioned learning process, neural pathways between eliciting stimuli and behavioral responses become hardwired to ensure a repetitive pattern. Hardwired pathways are "habits." In lower animals, the entire brain is designed to engage in purely habitual responses to stimuli. Pavlov's dogs salivate by reflex...not by deliberate intention. The actions of the subconscious mind are reflexive in nature and are not governed by reason or thinking. Physically, this mind is associated with the activi­ties of all of the brain structures that are present in animals that have not evolved self-consciousness.

Humans and a number of other higher mammals have evolved a specialized region of the brain associated with thinking, planning and decision-making called the prefrontal cortex. This portion of the fore-brain is apparently the seat of the "self-conscious" mind processing. The self-conscious mind is self-reflective; it is a newly evolved "sense organ" that observes our own behaviors and emotions. The self-con­scious mind also has access to most of the data stored in our long-term

133
The Biology of Belief
memory bank. This is an extremely important feature allowing our history of life to be considered as we consciously plan our futures.

Endowed with the ability to be self-reflective, the self-conscious mind is extremely powerful. It can observe any programmed behavior we are engaged in, evaluate the behavior and consciously decide to change the program. We can actively choose how to respond to most environmental signals and whether we even want to respond at all. The conscious mind's capacity to override the subconscious mind's preprogrammed behaviors is the foundation of free will.

However, our special gift comes with a special pitfall. While almost all organisms have to actually experience the stimuli of life first-hand, the human brain's ability to "learn" perceptions is so advanced that we can actually acquire perceptions indirectly from teachers. Once we accept the perceptions of others as "truths," their perceptions become hardwired into our own brains, becoming our "truths." Here's where the problem arises: what if our teachers' per­ceptions are inaccurate? In such cases, our brains are then downloaded with misperceptions. The subconscious mind is strictly a stimulus-response playback device; there is no "ghost" in that part of the "machine" to ponder the long-term consequences of the programs we engage. The subconscious works only in the "now." Consequently, programmed misperceptions in our subconscious mind are not "mon­itored" and will habitually engage us in inappropriate and limiting behaviors.

If I included as a bonus in this chapter a slithering snake that pops out of this page right now, most of you would run from the room or throw the book out of the house. Whoever "introduced" you to your first snake may have behaved in such a shocked way as to give your impressionable mind an apparently important life lesson: See snake.. .snake baaad! The subconscious memory system is very partial to rapidly downloading and emphasizing perceptions regarding things in your environment that are threatening to life and limb. If you were taught that snakes are dangerous, any time a snake comes into

134
Chapter Five Biology and Belief
your proximity, you reflexively (unconsciously) engage in a protective response.

But what if a herpetologist were reading this book and a snake popped out? No doubt herpetologists would not only be intrigued by the snake, they would be thrilled with the bonus included in the book. Or at least they'd be thrilled once they figured out that the book's snake was harmless. They would then hold it and watch its behaviors with delight. They would think that your programmed response was an irrational one, because not all snakes are dangerous. Further they would be saddened by the fact that so many people are deprived of the pleasure of studying such mteresting creatures. Same snake, same stimulus, yet greatly different responses.

Our responses to environmental stimuli are indeed controlled by perceptions, but not all of our learned perceptions are accurate. Not all snakes are dangerous! Yes, perception "controls" biology, but as we've seen, these perceptions can be true or false. Therefore, we would be more accurate to refer to these controlling perceptions as beließ.

Beließ control biology!

Ponder the significance of this information. We have the capacity to consciously evaluate our responses to environmental stimuli and change old responses any time we desire.. .once we deal with the pow­erful subconscious mind, which I discuss in more depth in Chapter 7. We are not stuck with our genes or our self-defeating behaviors!

How the Mind Controls the Body

My insights into how beliefs control biology are grounded in my studies of cloned endothelial cells, the cells that line the blood vessels. The endothelial cells I grew in culture monitor their world closely and change their behavior based on information they pick up from the environment. When I provided nutrients, the cells would gravitate toward those nutrients with the cellular equivalent of open arms. WTien I created a toxic environment, the cultured cells would retreat from the stimulus in an effort to wall themselves off from the noxious

135
The Biology of Belief
agents. My research focused on the membrane perception switches that controlled the shift from one behavior to the other.

The primary switch I was studying has a protein receptor that responds to histamine, a molecule that the body uses in a way that is equivalent to a local emergency alarm. I found that there are two vari­eties of switches, HI and H2, that respond to the same histamine sig­nal. When activated, switches with HI histamine receptors evoke a protection response, the type of behavior revealed by cells in toxin-con­taining culture dishes. Switches containing H2 histamine receptors evoke a growth response to histamine, similar to the behavior of cells cultured in the presence of nutrients.

I subsequently learned that the body's system-wide emergency response signal, adrenaline, also has switches sporting two different adrenaline-sensing receptors, called alpha and beta. The adrenaline receptors provoked the exact same cell behaviors as those elicited by histamine. When the adrenal alpha-receptor is part of an IMP switch, it provokes a protection response when adrenaline is perceived. When the beta-receptor is part of the switch, the same adrenaline signal acti­vates a growth response. [Lipton, et al, 1992]

All that was interesting, but the most exciting finding was when I simultaneously introduced both histamine and adrenaline into my tis­sue cultures. I found that adrenaline signals, released by the central nervous system, override the influence of histamine signals that are produced locally. This is where the politics of the community described earlier comes in to play. Suppose you're working in a bank. The branch manager gives you an order. The CEO walks in and gives you the opposite order. Which order would you follow? If you want to keep your job you'll snap to the CEO's order. There is a similar prior­ity built into our biology, which requires cells to follow instructions from the head honcho nervous system, even if those signals are in con­flict with local stimuli.

I was excited by my experiments because I believed that they revealed on the single-cell level a truth for multicellular organisms — that the mind (i.e. acting via the central nervous system's adrenaline)

136
Chapter Five Biology and Belief
overrides the body (acting via the local histamine signal). I wanted to spell out the implications of my experiments in my research paper, but my colleagues almost died from apoplexy at the notion of injecting the body-mind connection into a paper about cell biology. So I put in a cryptic comment about understanding the significance of the study, but I couldn't say what the significance was. My colleagues did not want me to include these implications of my research because the mind is not an acceptable biological concept. Bio-scientists are con­ventional Newtonians — if it isn't matter.. .it doesn't count. The "mind" is a non-localized energy and therefore is not relevant to materialistic biology. Unfortunately, that perception is a "belief" that has been proven to be patently incorrect in a quantum mechanical universe!

Placebos: The Belief Effect

Every medical student learns, at least in passing, that the mind can affect the body. They learn that some people get better when they believe (falsely) they are getting medicine. When patients get better by ingesting a sugar pill, medicine defines it as the placebo effect. My friend Rob Williams, founder of PSYCH-K, an energy-based psychological treatment system, suggests that it would be more appropriate to refer to it as the perception effect. I call it the belief effect to stress that our per­ceptions, whether they are accurate or inaccurate, equally impact our behavior and our bodies.

I celebrate the belief effect, which is an amazing testament to the healing ability of the body/mind. However, the "all in their minds" placebo effect has been linked by traditional medicine to, at worst, quacks or, at best, weak, suggestible patients. The placebo effect is quickly glossed over in medical schools so that students can get to the real tools of modern medicine like drugs and surgery.

This is a giant mistake. The placebo effect should be a major topic of study in medical school. I believe that medical education should train doctors to recognize the power of our internal resources. Doctors should not dismiss the power of the mind as something inferior to the power of chemicals and the scalpel. They should let go of their con-

137
The Biology of Belief
viction that the body and its parts are essentially stupid and that we need outside intervention to maintain our health.

The placebo effect should be the subject of major, funded research efforts. If medical researchers could figure out how to leverage the placebo effect, they would hand doctors an efficient, energy-based, side effect-free tool to treat disease. Energy healers say they already have such tools, but I am a scientist and I believe the more we know about the science of the placebo, the better we'll be able to use it in clin­ical settings.

I believe the reason the mind has so summarily been dismissed in medicine is the result, not only of dogmatic thinking, but also of finan­cial considerations. If the power of your mind can heal your sick body, why should you go to the doctor and more importantly, why would you need to buy drugs? In fact, I was recently chagrined to learn that drug companies are studying patients who respond to sugar pills with the goal of eliminating them from early clinical trials. It inevitably dis­turbs pharmaceutical manufacturers that in most of their clinical trials the placebos, the "fake" drugs, prove to be as effective as their engi­neered chemical cocktails. [Greenberg 2003] Though the drug compa­nies insist they're not trying to make it easier for ineffective drugs to get approved, it is clear that effectiveness of placebo pills are a threat to the pharmaceutical industry. The message from the drug companies is clear to me: if you can't beat placebo pills fairly, simply remove the competition!

The fact that most doctors are not trained to consider the impact of the placebo effect is ironic because some historians make a strong case that the history of medicine is largely the history of the placebo effect. For most of medical history, doctors did not have effective methods to fight disease. Some of the more notorious treatments once prescribed by mainstream medicine include bloodletting, treating wounds with arsenic, and the proverbial cure-all, rattlesnake oil. No doubt some patients, the conservatively estimated one third of the population who are particularly susceptible to the healing power of the placebo effect, got better with those treatments. In today's world, when doctors wear-

138
Chapter Five Biology and Belief
ing white coats deliver a treatment decisively, patients may believe the treatment works — and so it does, whether it is a real drug or just a sugar pill.

Though the question of how placebos work has in the main been ignored by medicine, recently some mainstream medical researchers are mrning their attention to it. The results of those studies suggest that it is not only wacky, nineteenth-century treatments that can foster a placebo effect but also modern medicine's sophisticated technology, including the most "concrete" of medical tools, surgery.

A Baylor School of Medicine study, published in 2002 in the New England Journal of Medicine evaluated surgery for patients with severe, debilitating knee pain. [Moseley, et al, 2002] The lead author of the study, Dr. Bruce Moseley, "knew" that knee surgery helped his patients: "All good surgeons know there is no placebo effect in surgery." But Moseley was trying to figure out which part of the surgery was giving his patients relief. The patients in the study were divided into three groups. Moseley shaved the damaged cartilage in the knee of one group. For another group, he flushed out the knee joint, removing material thought to be causing the inflammatory effect. Both of these constitute standard treatment for arthritic knees. The third group got "fake" surgery. The patient was sedated, Moseley made three standard incisions and then talked and acted just as he would have during a real surgery — he even splashed salt water to sim­ulate the sound of the knee-washing procedure. After 40 minutes, Moseley sewed up the incisions as if he had done the surgery. All three groups were prescribed the same postoperative care, which included an exercise program.

The results were shocking. Yes, the groups who received surgery, as expected, improved. But the placebo group improved just as much as the other two groups! Despite the fact that there are 650,000 surg­eries yearly for arthritic knees, at a cost of about $5,000 each, the results were clear to Moseley: "My skill as a surgeon had no benefit on these patients. The entire benefit of surgery for osteoarthritis of the knee was the placebo effect." Television news programs graphically illustrated

139
The Biology of Belief
the smrining results. Footage showed members of the placebo group walking and playing basketball, in short doing things they reported they could not do before their "surgery." The placebo patients didn't find out for two years that they had gotten fake surgery. One member of the placebo group, Tim Perez, who had to walk with a cane before the surgery, is now able to play basketball with his grandchildren. He summed up the theme of this book when he told the Discovery Health Channel: "In this world anything is possible when you put your mind to it. I know that your mind can work miracles."

Studies have shown the placebo effect to be powerful in treating other diseases, including asthma and Parkinson's. In the treatment of depression, placebos are stars. So much so that psychiatrist Walter Brown of the Brown University School of Medicine has proposed placebo pills as the first treatment for patients with mild or moderate depression. [Brown 1998] Patients would be told that they're getting a remedy with no active ingredient, but that shouldn't dampen the pills' effectiveness. Studies suggest that even when people know they're not getting a drug, the placebo pills still work.)

One indication of the power of the placebo came from a report from the United States Department of Health and Human Services. The report found that half of severely depressed patients taking drugs improve versus thirty-two percent taking a placebo. [Horgan 1999] Even that impressive showing may underestimate the power of the placebo effect because many study participants figure out they're tak­ing the real drug because they experience side effects that are not expe­rienced by those taking the placebo. Once those patients realize they're taking the drug, i.e. once they start believing that they're getting the real pill, they are particularly more susceptible to the placebo effect.

Given the power of the placebo, it is no wonder that the $8.2 bil­lion antidepressant industry is under attack by critics who charge that drug companies are hyping the effectiveness of their pills. In a 2002 article in the American Psychological Association's Prevention & Treatment, "The Emperor's New Drugs," University of Connecticut psychology professor Irving Kirsch found that eighty percent of the

140
Chapter Five Biology and Belief
effect of antidepressants, as measured in clinical trials, could be attrib­uted to the placebo effect. [Kirsch, et al, 2002] Kirsch had to invoke the Freedom of Information Act in 2001 to get information on the clinical trials of the top antidepressants: these data were not formcorning from the Food and Drug Administration. The data show that in more than half of the clinical trials for the six leading antidepressants, the drugs did not outperform placebo, sugar pills. And Kirsch noted in a Discovery Health Channel interview that: "The difference between the response of the drugs and the response of placebo was less than two points on average on this clinical scale that goes from fifty to sixty points. That's a very small difference. That difference clinically is meaningless."

Another interesting fact about the effectiveness of antidepressants is that they have performed better and better in clinical trials over the years, suggesting that their placebo effects are in part due to savvy marketing. The more the miracle of antidepressants was touted in the media and in advertisements, the more effective they became. Beliefs are contagious! We now live in a culture where people believe that anti­depressants work, and so they do.

A California interior designer, Janis Schonfeld, who took part in a clinical trial to test the efficacy of Effexor in 1997, was just as "stunned" as Perez when she found out that she had been on a placebo. Not only had the pills relieved her of the depression that had plagued her for thirty years, the brain scans she received throughout the study found that the activity of her prefrontal cortex was greatly enhanced. [Leuchter, et al, 2002] Her improvements were not "all in her head." When the mind changes, it absolutely affects your biology. Schonfeld also experienced nausea, a common Effexor side effect. She is typical of patients who improve with placebo treatment and then find out they were not on the real drug—she was convinced the doctors had made a mistake in the labeling for she "knew" she was on the drug. She insisted that the researchers double-check their records to make absolutely sure she wasn't on the drug.

141
The Biology of Belief
Nocebos: The Power of Negative Beliefs

While many in the medical profession are aware of the placebo effect, few have considered its implications for self-healing. If positive thinking can pull you out of depression and heal a damaged knee, con­sider what negative thinking can do in your life. When the mind, through positive suggestion improves health, it is referred to as the placebo effect. Conversely, when the same mind is engaged in nega­tive suggestions that can damage health, the negative effects are referred to as the nocebo effect.

In medicine, the nocebo effect can be as powerful as the placebo effect, a fact you should keep in mind every time you step into a doc­tor's office. By their words and their demeanor, physicians can convey hope-deflating messages to their patients, messages that are, I believe completely unwarranted. Albert Mason for example, trunks his inabil­ity to project optimism to his patients hampered his efforts with his ichthyosis patients. Another example is the potential power of the statement: "You have six months to live." If you choose to believe your doctor's message, you are not likely to have much more time on this Earth.

I have cited the Discovery Health Channel's 2003 program "Placebo: Mind Over Medicine" in this chapter because it is a good compendium of some of medicine's most interesting cases. One of its more poignant segments featured a Nashville physician, Clifton Meador, who has been reflecting on the potential power of the nocebo effect for 30 years. In 1974 Meador had a patient, Sam Londe, a retired shoe salesman suffering from cancer of the esophagus, a condition that was at the time considered 100 per cent fatal. Londe was treated for that cancer but everyone in the medical community "knew" that his esophageal cancer would recur. So it was no surprise when Londe died a few weeks after his diagnosis.

The surprise came after Londe's death when an autopsy found very little cancer in his body, certainly not enough to kill him. There were a couple of spots in the liver and one in the lung, but there was

142
Chapter Five Biology and Belief
no trace of the esophageal cancer that everyone thought had killed him. Meador told the Discovery Health Channel: "He died with can­cer, but not from cancer." What did Londe die of if not esophageal can­cer? Had he died because he believed he was going to die? The case still haunts Meador three decades after Londe's death: "I thought he had cancer. He thought he had cancer. Everybody around him thought he had cancer...did I remove hope in some way?" Troublesome nocebo cases suggest that physicians, parents and teachers can remove hope by prograrnming you to believe you are powerless.

Our positive and negative beliefs not only impact our health, but also every aspect of our life. Henry Ford was right about the efficien­cy of assembly lines and he was right about the power of the mind: "If you believe you can or if you believe you can't...you're right." Think about the implications of the man who blithely drank the bacteria that medicine had decided caused cholera. Consider the people who walk across coals without getting burned. If they wobble in the steadfast­ness of their belief that they can do it, they wind up with burned feet. Your beliefs act like filters on a camera, changing how you see the world. And your biology adapts to those beliefs. When we truly rec­ognize that our beliefs are that powerful, we hold the key to freedom. While we cannot readily change the codes of our genetic blueprints, we can change our rninds.

In my lectures I provide two sets of plastic filters, one red and one green. I have the audience pick one color and then look at a blank screen. I then tell them to yell out whether the image I project next is one that generates love or generates fear. Those in the audience that don the red "belief" filters see an mviting picture of a cottage labeled "House of Love," flowers, a sunny sky and the message "I live in Love." Those wearing the green filters see a threatening dark sky, bats, snakes, a ghost hovering outside a dark, gloomy house and the words "I live in fear." I always get enjoyment out of seeing how the audience responds to the confusion when half yell out "I live in love," and the other half, in equal certainty, yells out "I live in fear" in response to the same image.

143
The Biology of Belief
Then I ask the audience to change to the opposite colored filters. My point is that you can choose what to see. You can filter your life with rose-colored beliefs that will help your body grow or you can use a dark filter that turns everything black and makes your body/ mind more susceptible to disease. You can live a life of fear and or live a life of love. You have the choice! But I can tell you that if you choose to see a world full of love, your body will respond by growing in health. If you choose to believe that you live in a dark world full of fear, your body's health will be compromised as you physiologically close your­self down in a protection response.

Learning how to harness your mind to promote growth is the secret of life, which is why I called this book The Biology of Belief. Of course the secret of life is not a secret at all. Teachers like Buddha and Jesus have been telling us the same story for millennia. Now science is pointing in the same direction. It is not our genes but our beliefs that control our lives.. .Oh ye of little belief!

That thought is a good entrée into the next chapter, in which I'll detail how living in love and living in fear create opposite effects in the body and the mind. Before we leave this chapter, I'd just like to emphasize again that not only is there nothing wrong with going through life wearing the proverbial rose-colored glasses. In fact, those rose-colored glasses are necessary for your cells to thrive. Positive thoughts are a biological mandate for a happy, healthy life. In the words of Mahatma Gandhi:

Your beliefs become your thoughts Your thoughts become your words Your words become your actions Your actions become your habits Your habits become your values Your values become your destiny

144
Chapter
File:Bruce Lipton - The Biology of Belief-34.jpg
GROWTH AND PROTECTION
E volution has provided us with lots of survival mechanisms. They can be roughly divided into two functional categories: growth and protection. These growth and protection mecha­nisms are the fundamental behaviors required for an organism to sur­vive. I'm sure you know how important it is to protect yourself. You may not realize though that growth is vitally important for your sur­vival as well —even if you're an adult who has reached your full height. Every day billions of cells in your body wear out and need to be replaced. For example, the entire cellular lining of your gut is replaced every seventy-two hours. In order to maintain this continu­ous turnover of cells, your body needs to expend a significant amount of energy daily.

By now you won't be surprised to learn that I first became aware of how important growth and protection behaviors are in the labora­tory where my observations of single cells have so often led me to insights about the multicellular human body. When I was cloning

145
The Biology of Belief
human endothelial cells, they retreated from toxins that I introduced into the culture dish, just as humans retreat from mountain lions and muggers in dark alleys. They also gravitated to nutrients, just as humans gravitate to breakfast, lunch, dinner and love. These opposing movements define the two basic cellular responses to environmental stimuli. Gravitating to a life-sustaining signal, such as nutrients, char­acterizes a growth response; moving away from threatening signals, such as toxins, characterizes a protection response. It must also be noted that some environmental stimuli are neutral; they provoke nei­ther a growth nor a protection response.

My research at Stanford showed that these growth/protection behaviors are also essential for the survival of multicellular organisms such as humans. But there is a catch to these opposing survival mech­anisms that have evolved over billions of years. It turns out that the mechanisms that support growth and protection cannot operate opti­mally at the same time. In other words, cells cannot simultaneously move forward and backward. The human blood vessel cells I studied at Stanford exhibited one microscopic anatomy for providing nutrition and a completely different microscopic anatomy for providing a pro­tection response. What they couldn't do was exhibit both configura­tions at the same time. [Lipton, et al, 1991]

In a response similar to that displayed by cells, humans unavoid­ably restrict their growth behaviors when they shift into a protective mode. If you're running from a mountain lion, it's not a good idea to expend energy on growth. In order to survive —that is, escape the lion—you summon all your energy for your fight or flight response. Redistributing energy reserves to fuel the protection response inevitably results in a curtailment of growth.

In addition to diverting energy to support the tissues and organs needed for the protection response, there is an additional reason why growth is inhibited. Growth processes require an open exchange between an organism and its environment. For example, food is taken in and waste products are excreted. However, protection requires a

146
Chapter Six Growth and Protection
closing down of the system to wall the organism off from the per­ceived threat.

Inhibiting growth processes is also debilitating in that growth is a process that not only expends energy but is also required to produce energy. Consequently, a sustained protection response inhibits the cre­ation of life-sustaining energy. The longer you stay in protection, the more you compromise your growth. In fact, you can shut down growth processes so completely that it becomes a truism that you can be "scared to death."

Thankfully, most of us don't get to the "scared to death" point. Unlike single cells, the growth/protection response in multicellular organisms is not an either/or proposition— not all of our 50 trillion cells have to be in growth or protection mode at the same time. The proportion of cells in a protection response depends on the severity of the perceived threats. You can survive while under stress from these threats but chronic inhibition of growth mechanisms severely com­promises your vitality. It is also important to note that to fully experi­ence your vitality it takes more than just getting rid of life's stressors. In a growth/ protection continuum, elimmating the stressors only puts you at the neutral point in the range. To fully thrive, we must not only eliminate the stressors but also actively seek joyful, loving, fulfilling lives that stimulate growth processes.

The Biology of Homeland Defense

In multicellular organisms, growth/protection behaviors are con­trolled by the nervous system. It is the nervous system's job to mom-tor environmental signals, interpret them, and organize appropriate behavioral responses. In a multicellular community, the nervous sys­tem acts like the government in organizing the activities of its cellular citizens. When the nervous system recognizes a threatening environ­mental stress, it alerts the community of cells to impending danger.

The body is actually endowed with two separate protection sys­tems, each vital to the maintenance of life. The first is the system that mobilizes protection against external threats. It is called the HPA axis,

147
The Biology of Belief
which stands for the Hypothalamus-Pituitary-Adrenal Axis. When there are no threats, the HPA axis is inactive and growth flourishes. However, when the brain's hypothalamus perceives an environmental threat, it engages the HPA axis by sending a signal to the pituitary gland, the "Master Gland," which is responsible for organizing the fifty trillion cells of the community to deal with the impending threat.

Think back to the cell membrane's stimulus-response mechanism, the receptor-effector proteins — the hypothalamus and pituitary gland are behavioral equivalents. Similar to the role of a receptor protein, the hypothalamus receives and recognizes environmental signals; the pituitary's function resembles that of the effector protein in that it launches the body's organs into action. In response to threats from the external environment, the pituitary gland sends a signal to the adren­al glands, informing them of the need to coordinate the body's "fight or flight" response.

The technical details of how stress stimuli engage the HPA axis fol­low a simple cascade: In response to perceptions of stress registered in the brain, the hypothalamus secretes a corticotrop in-releasing factor (CRF), which travels to the pituitary gland. CRF activates special pitu­itary hormone-secreting cells causing them to release adrenocorti­cotropic hormones (ACTH) into the blood. The ACTH then makes its way to the adrenal glands, where it serves as the signal to turn on the secretion of the "fight-flight" adrenal hormones. These stress hor­mones coordinate the function of the body's organs, providing us with great physiologic power to fend off or flee danger.

Once the adrenal alarm is sounded, the stress hormones released into the blood constrict the blood vessels of the digestive tract, forcing the energy-providing blood to preferentially nourish the tissues of the arms and legs that enable us to get out of harm's way. Before the blood was sent to the extremities, it was concentrated in the visceral organs. Redistributing the viscera's blood to the limbs in the fight or flight response results in an inhibition of growth-related functions; without the blood's nourishment the visceral organs cannot function properly. The visceral organs stop doing their life-sustaining work of digestion,

148
Chapter Six Growth and Protection
absorption, excretion and other functions that provide for the growth of the cells and the production of the body's energy reserves. Hence, the stress response inhibits growth processes and further compromis­es the body's survival by interfering with the generation of vital ener­gy reserves.

The body's second protection system is the immune system, which protects us from threats originating under the skin, such as those caused by bacteria and viruses. When the immune system is mobi­lized, it can consume much of the body's energy supply. To get a sense

File:Bruce Lipton - The Biology of Belief-35.jpg
The Biology of Belief
of how much energy the immune system expends, recall how physi­cally weak you become when you are fighting infections such as a flu or a cold. When the HPA axis mobilizes the body for fight or flight response, the adrenal hormones directly repress the action of the immune system to conserve energy reserves. In fact, stress hormones are so effective at curtailing immune system function that doctors pro­vided them to recipients of transplants so that their immune systems wouldn't reject the foreign tissues.

Why would the adrenal system shut down the immune system? Imagine that you are in your tent on the African savannah suffering from a bacterial infection and experiencing a bad case of diarrhea. You hear the gutty growl of a lion outside your tent. The brain must make a decision about which is the greater threat. It will do your body no good to conquer the bacteria if you let a lion maul you. So your body halts the fight against the infection in favor of mobilizing energy for flight to survive your close encounter with a lion. Therefore, a sec­ondary consequence of engaging the HPA axis is that it interferes with our ability to fight disease.

Activating the HPA axis also interferes with our ability to think clearly. The processing of information in the forebrain, the center of executive reasoning and logic, is significantly slower than the reflex activity controlled by the hindbrain. In an emergency, the faster the information processing, the more likely the organism will survive. Adrenal stress hormones constrict the blood vessels in the forebrain reducing its ability to function. Additionally, the hormones repress activity in the brain's prefrontal cortex, the center of conscious voli­tional action conscious activity. In an emergency, the vascular flow and hormones serve to activate the hindbrain, the source of life-sus­taining reflexes that most effectively control fight or flight behavior. While it is necessary that stress signals repress the slower processing conscious mind to enhance survival, it comes at a cost...diminished conscious awareness and reduced intelligence. [Takamatsu, et al, 2003; Arnsten and Goldman-Rakic 1998; Goldstein, et al, 1996]

150
Chapter Six Growth and Protection
Fear Kills

Remember the shell shocked, frozen look on my Caribbean med­ical students' faces when they failed my test, the medical school equiv­alent of a voracious lion? Had my students stayed frozen in fear, I can guarantee you that they would have performed dismally on their finals. The simple truth is, when you're frightened you're dumber. Teachers see it all the time among students who "don't test well." Exam stress paralyzes these students who, with trembling hands, mark wrong answers because in their panic, they can't access cere-brally stored information they have carefully acquired all semester.

The HPA system is a brilliant mechanism for handling acute stresses. However, this protection system was not designed to be con­tinuously activated. In today's world, most of the stresses we are expe­riencing are not in the form of acute, concrete "threats" that we can easily identify, respond to and move on. We are constantly besieged by multitudes of unresolvable worries about our personal lives, our jobs, and our war-torn global community. Such worries do not threat­en our immediate survival but they nevertheless can activate the HPA axis, resulting in chronically elevated stress hormones.

To illustrate the adverse effects of sustained adrenaline, let's use an example of a track race. An extremely well-trained and healthy group of sprinters step up to the starting line. When they hear the com­mand: "On your mark!" they get on their hands and knees and adjust their feet into the starting blocks. Then the starter barks out, "Get set." The athletes' muscles tighten as they prop themselves up on their fin­gers and toes. When they shift into "Get set" mode, their bodies release the flight-promoting adrenaline hormones that power their muscles for the arduous task ahead. While the athletes are on hold awaiting the "Go" command, their bodies are straining in anticipation of that task. In a normal race, that strain lasts only a second or two before the starter yells, "Go!" However, in our mythical race, the "Go" command, which would launch the athletes into action, never comes. The athletes are left in the starting blocks, their blood coursing with adrenaline, their bodies fatiguing with the strain of preparing for the race that

151
The Biology of Belief
never comes. No matter how toned their physique, within seconds, these athletes will physically collapse from the strain.

We live in a "Get set" world and an increasing body of research suggests that our hyper-vigilant lifestyle is severely impacting the health of our bodies. Our daily stressors are constantly activating the HPA axis, priming our bodies for action. Unlike competitive athletes, the stresses in our bodies are not released from the pressures generat­ed by our chronic fears and concerns. Almost every major illness that people acquire has been linked to chronic stress. [Segerstrom and Miller 2004; Kopp and Rethelyi 2004; McEwen and Lasky 2002; McEwen and Seeman 1999]

In a revealing study published in 2003 in Science, researchers con­sidered why patients on SSRI antidepressants, such as Prozac or Zoloft, don't feel better right away. There is usually at least a two-week lag between starting the drugs and the time the patients feel they are getting better. The study found that depressed people exhibit a surprising lack of cell division in the region of the brain called the hip­pocampus, a part of the nervous system involved with memory. Hippocampal cells renewed cell division at the time patients first began to experience the mood-shifting effect of the SSRI drugs, weeks after the onset of the drug regimen. This study and others challenge the theory that depression is simply the result of a "chemical imbal­ance" affecting the brain's production of monoamine signaling chem­icals, specifically serotonin. If it were as simple as that, the SSRI drugs would likely restore that chemical balance right away.

More researchers are pointing to the inhibition of neuronal growth by stress hormones as the source of depression. In fact, in chronically depressed patients, the hippocampus and the prefrontal cortex, the center of higher reasoning, are physically shrunken. A review of this study published in Science reported: "Overtaking the monoamine hypothesis in recent years has been the stress hypothesis, which posits that depression is caused when the brain's stress machinery goes into overdrive. The most prominent player in this theory is the hypothala-mic-pituitary-adrenal (HPA) axis." [Holden 2003]

152
Chapter Six Growth and Protection
The HPA axis' effect on the cellular community mirrors the effect of stress on a human population. Picture a vibrant community back in the Cold War years, when the possibility of a nuclear attack by the Russians weighed heavily on Americans' minds. Like cells in a multi­cellular organism, the members of this Cold War society actively work at jobs that contribute to the community's growth and usually get along with each other. Factories are busy manufacturing, construction people are building new homes, grocery stores are selling food, and kids are in school learning their ABCs. The community is in a state of health and growth while its residents constructively interact toward a common goal.

Suddenly, the sound of an air raid siren rocks the town. Everyone stops working to run off, seeking the safety of bomb shel­ters. The harmony of the community is disrupted as individuals, acting only in support of their own survival, fight their way to a bomb shelter. After five minutes, the all-clear signal sounds. Residents return to their jobs and resume their life in a growing community.

But what would happen if the sirens sound, the residents run into their air raid shelters and there is no all-clear signal to release them? People would stay in their protective postures indefinitely. How long can they maintain their protection posture? The community eventual­ly collapses in the face of dwindling food and water supplies. One by one even the strongest die because chronic stress is debilitating. A community can easily survive short-term stress, like an air raid drill, but when the stress goes on and on it results in cessation of growth and the breakdown of the community.

Another illustration of the influence of stress on a population is the story of the 9/11 tragedy. Up to the moment those terrorists attacked, the country was in a state of growth. Then immediately after 9/11, as the shock of the news spread to reach not just the people of New York but the entire nation, we experienced a threat to our survival. The impact of government proclamations stressing the continued presence of danger in the wake of the attack, were like the influence of the

153
The Biology of Belief
adrenal signals. They shifted the members of the community from a state of growth to a state of protection. After a few days of this heart-stopping fear, the country's economic vitality was so compromised that the president had to intervene. To stimulate growth, the president repeatedly emphasized, "America is open for business." It took awhile for the fears to subside and for the economy to rebound. However, the residual threats of terrorism are still debilitating the vitality of our country. As a nation we should look more carefully at how our fear of future acts of terrorism is undermining our quality of life. In some sense, the terrorists have already won since they have succeeded in frightening us into a chronic, soul-sapping protective mode.

I'd also like to suggest that you examine how your fears and the ensuing protection behaviors impact your life. What fears are stunting your growth? Where did these fears come from? Are they necessary? Are they real? Are they contributing to a full life? We'll deal more with these fears and where we got them in the next chapter on conscious parenting. If we can control our fears, we can regain control over our lives. President Franklin D. Roosevelt knew the destructive nature of fear. He chose his words carefully when he told the nation in the grips of the Great Depression and looming World War: "We have nothing to fear, but fear itself." Letting go of our fears is the first step toward cre­ating a fuller, more satisfying life.

154
Chapter
File:Bruce Lipton - The Biology of Belief-36.jpg
CONSCIOUS PARENTING: PARENTS AS GENETIC ENGINEERS
Parents Matter

No doubt you've heard the seductive argument that once parents bestow their genes on their children, they take a back seat in their chil­dren's lives —parents need only refrain from abusing their children, feed and clothe them, and then wait to see where their prepro­grammed genes lead them. This notion allows parents to continue with their "pre-kids lives" — they can simply drop their children off at daycare and with babysitters. It's an appealing idea for busy and/or lazy parents.

It's also appealing for parents like me, who have biological chil­dren with radically different personalities. I used to think that my daughters are different because they inherited different sets of genes from the moment of conception—a random selection process in which their mother and I had no part. After all, I thought, they grew up in the

155
The Biology of Belief
same environment (nurture), so the reason for their differences had to be nature (genes).

The reality, I know now, is very different. Frontier science is con­firming what mothers and enlightened fathers have known forever, that parents do matter, despite best-selling books that try to convince them otherwise. To quote Dr. Thomas Verny, a pioneer in the field of prenatal and perinatal psychiatry: "Findings in the peer-reviewed lit­erature over the course of decades establish, beyond any doubt, that par­ents have overwhelming influence on the mental and physical attributes of the children they raise." [Verny and Kelly 1981]

And that influence starts, says Verny, not after children are born, but BEFORE children are born. When Verny first posited the notion that the influence of parents extends even to the womb in his land­mark, 1981 book, Vie Secret Life of the Unborn Child, the scientific evi­dence was preliminary and the "experts" skeptical. Because scientists used to think that the human brain did not become functional until after birth, it was assumed that fetuses and infants had no memory and felt no pain. After all, noted Freud, who coined the termed "infan­tile amnesia," most people do not remember anything that happened to them before they were three or four years old.

However, experimental psychologists and neuroscientists are demolishing the myth that infants cannot remember —or for that mat­ter learn — and along with it the notion that parents are simply specta­tors in the unfolding of their children's lives. The fetal and infant nervous system has vast sensory and learning capabilities and a kind of memory that neuroscientists call implicit memory. Another pioneer in pre- and perinatal psychology, David Chamberlain writes in his book Hie Mind of Your Nezvborn Baby: "The truth is, much of what we have traditionally believed about babies is false. They are not simple beings but complex and ageless — small creatures with unexpectedly large thoughts." [Chamberlain 1998]

These complex, small creatures have a pre-birth life in the womb that profoundly influences their long-term health and behavior: "The quality of life in the womb, our temporary home before we were born,

156
Chapter Seven Conscious Parenting: Parents as Genetic Engineers
programs our susceptibility to coronary artery disease, stroke, dia­betes, obesity and a multitude of other conditions in later life," writes Dr. Peter W. Nathanielsz in Life in the Womb: The Origin of Health and Disease. [Nathanielsz 1999] Recently, an even wider range of adult-related chronic disorders, including osteoporosis, mood disorders and psychoses, have been intimately linked to pre- and perinatal develop­mental influences. [Gluckman and Hanson 2004]

Recognizing the role the prenatal environment plays in creating disease forces a reconsideration of genetic determinism. Nathanielsz writes: "There is mounting evidence that programming of lifetime health by the conditions in the womb is equally, if not more important, than our genes in determining how we perform mentally and physi­cally during life. Gene myopia is the term that best describes the current all-pervasive view that our health and destiny throughout life are con­trolled by our genes alone...In contrast to the relative fatalism of gene myopia, understanding the mechanisms that underlie programming by the quality of life in the womb, we can improve the start in life for our children and their children."

The programming "mechanisms" Nathanielsz refers to are the epi-genetic mechanisms, discussed earlier, by which environmental stim­uli regulate gene activity. As Nathanielsz states, parents can improve the prenatal environment. In so doing they act as genetic engineers for their children. The idea that parents can transmit hereditary changes from their life to their children is, of course, a Lamarckian concept that conflicts with Darwinism. Nathanielsz is one of the scientists now brave enough to invoke the "L" word for Lamarck: ".. .the transgener-ational passage of characteristics by nongenetic means does occur. Lamarck was right, although transgenerational transmission of acquired characteristics occurs by mechanisms that were unknown in his day."

The responsiveness of individuals to the environmental conditions perceived by theirs mothers before birth allows them to optimize their genetic and physiologic development as they adapt to the environ­mental forecast. The same life-enhancing epigenetic plasticity of

157
The Biology of Belief
human development can go awry and lead to an array of chronic dis­eases in older age if an individual experiences adverse nutritional and environmental circumstances during fetal and neonatal periods of development. [Bateson, et al, 2004]

The same epigenetic influences also continue after the child is born because parents continue to influence their child's environment. In particular, fascinating new research is emphasizing the importance of good parenting in the development of the brain: "For the growing brain of a young child, the social world supplies the most important experiences influencing the expression of genes, which determines how neurons connect to one another in creating the neuronal path­ways which give rise to mental activity," writes Dr. Daniel J. Siegel in Tlie Developing Mind. [Siegel 1999] In other words, infants need a nur­turing environment to activate the genes that develop healthy brains. Parents, the latest science reveals, continue to act as genetic engineers even after the birth of their child.

Parental Programming:

The Power or the Subconscious Mind

I'd like to tell you about how I—who put myself in the category of those who were not prepared to have children —came to question my ingrained assumptions about parenting. You won't be surprised to hear that I started my réévaluation in the Caribbean, the place where my shift to the New Biology took root. My reassessment was actually inspired by an unlucky event, a motorcycle accident. I was on my way to present a lecture when I went off a curb at high speed. The bike wound up upside down. Luckily I was wearing a helmet because I sus­tained a major blow to my head when the bike hit the ground. I was unconscious for half an hour and for a while my students and col­leagues thought I was dead. When I came to, I felt as if I had broken every bone in my body.

For the next few days I could hardly walk, and when doing so, I resembled a yelping version of Quasimodo. Every step was a painful reminder that "speed kills." As I creaked out of the classroom one

158
Chapter Seven Conscious Parenting: Parents as Genetic Engineers
afternoon, one of my students suggested that it might help if I visited his roommate, a fellow student, who was also a chiropractor. As I explained in the last chapter, I not only had never been to a chiroprac­tor, I had been taught by my allopathic community to shun chiroprac­tors as quacks. But when you're in that much pain and you're in an unfamiliar setting, you wind up trying things you would never con­sider in your cushier moments.

At the chiropractor's make shift dormitory "office" I was intro­duced for the first time to kinesiology, popularly known as muscle testing. The chiropractor told me to hold out my arm and resist the downward pressure he applied to it. I had no problem resisting the light force he put on my arm. Then he asked me to hold out my arm and resist him again while I said, "My name is Bruce." Again, I had no trouble resisting him, but by now I was starting to think that the admonishments of my academic colleagues were right on the mark — "This is nuts!" Then, the chiropractor told me to hold out my arm and resist his pressure while saying earnestly: "My name is Mary." To my amazement, my arm flopped down, despite my strong resistance. "Now wait a minute," I said. "I must not have been resisting enough, try that again." So we did, and this time I concentrated even more forcefully on resisting. Nevertheless, after repeating, "My name is Mary," my arm sunk like a stone. This student, who was now my teacher, explained that when your conscious mind has a belief that is in conflict with a formerly learned "truth" stored in the subconscious mind, the intellectual conflict expresses itself as a weakening of the body's muscles.

To my astonishment, I realized that my conscious mind, which I exercised so confidently in academic settings, was not in control when I voiced an opinion that differed from a truth stored in the uncon­scious mind. My unconscious mind was undoing the best efforts of my conscious mind to hold up my arm when I claimed my name was Mary. I was amazed to discover that there was another "mind," anoth­er force, that was co-piloting my life. More shocking was the fact that this hidden mind, the mind I knew little about (except theoretically in psychology) was actually more powerful than my conscious mind, just

159
The Biology of Belief
as Freud had claimed. All in all, my first visit to a chiropractor turned out to be a life-changing experience. I learned that chiropractors could tap into the body's innate healing power using kinesiology to target spinal misalignments. I was able to saunter out of that dorm feeling like a new man after a few simple, vertebral adjustments on the "quack's" table...all without the use of drugs. And most importantly, I was introduced to the "man behind the curtain," my subconscious mind!

As I left the campus, my conscious mind was awhirl over the implications of the superior power of my formerly hidden subcon­scious mind. I also coupled those musings with my study of quantum physics, which taught me that thoughts could propel behavior more efficiently than physical molecules. My subconscious "knew" that my name was not Mary and balked at my insistence that it was. What else did my subconscious mind "know" and how had it learned it?

To understand better what had happened in that chiropractor's office, I first turned to comparative neuroanatomy which reveals: the lower an organism is on the Tree of Evolution, the less developed its nervous system and thus the more it relies on preprogrammed behav­ior (nature). Moths fly toward the light, sea turtles return to specific islands and lay their eggs on the beach at the appropriate time, and the swallows return to Capistrano on a specific date, yet, as far as we know, none of these organisms have any knowledge of why they engage in those behaviors. The behaviors are innate; they are geneti­cally built into the organism and are classified as instincts.

Organisms higher in the Tree have more complexly integrated ner­vous systems headed by bigger and bigger brains that allow them to acquire intricate behavioral patterns through experiential learning (nurture). The complexity of this environmental learning mechanism presumably culminates with humans, who are at the top, or at least near the top, of the Tree. To quote anthropologists Emily A. Schultz and Robert H. Lavenda: "Human beings are more dependent on learn­ing for survival than other species. We have no instincts that automat-

Chapter Seven Conscious Parenting: Parents as Genetic Engineers
ically protect us and find us food and shelter, for example." [Schultz and Lavenda 1987]

We do have, of course, behavioral instincts that are innate—con­sider the infant's mstinct to suckle, to quickly move his hand away from fire, and to automatically swim when placed in water. Instincts are built in behaviors that are fundamental to the survival of all humans, independent of what culture they belong to or what time in human history they were born. We are born with the ability to swim; infants can swim like graceful porpoises moments after they are born. But children quickly acquire a fear of water from their parents — observe the response of parents when their unattended child ventures near a pool or other open water. Children learn from their parents that water is dangerous. Parents must later struggle to teach Johnny how to swim. Their first big effort is focused on overcoming the fear of water they instilled in earlier years.

But through evolution, our learned perceptions have become more powerful, especially because they can override genetically pro­grammed instincts. The body's physiological mechanisms (e.g., heart rate, blood pressure, blood flow/bleeding patterns, body temperature) are by their nature, programmed instincts. However, yogis as well as everyday people using biofeedback can learn to consciously regulate these "innate" functions.

Scientists have focused on our big brains as the reason for our abil­ity to learn such complex behavior. However, we should temper our enthusiasm for the big brain theory by considering that cetaceans (por­poises and dolphins) have a greater cerebral surface area packed into their craniums than we do.

And the findings of British neurologist Dr. John Lorber, highlight­ed in a 1980 article in Science, "Is your Brain Really Necessary?" also call into question the notion that the size of the brain is the most important consideration for human intelligence. [Lewin 1980] Lorber studied many cases of hydrocephalus ("water on the brain") and con­cluded that even when most of the brain's cerebral cortex (the brain's

161
The Biology of Belief
outer layer) is missing, patients can live normal lives. Science writer Roger Lewin quotes Lorber in his article:

"There's a young student at this university [Sheffield Univer­sity] who has an IQ of 126, has gained a first-class honors degree in mathematics, and is socially completely normal. And yet the boy has virtually no brain... When we did a brain scan on him, we saw that instead of the normal 4.5 centimeter thickness of brain tissue between the ventricles and the corti­cal surface, there was just a thin layer of mantle measuring a millimeter or so. His cranium is filled mainly with cere­brospinal fluid."

Lorber's provocative findings suggest that we need to reconsider our long-held beliefs about how the brain works and the physical foundation of human intelligence. I submit in the epilogue of this book that human intelligence can only be fully understood when we include spirit ("energy") or what quantum physics-savvy psychologists call the "superconscious" mind. But for the moment, I'd like to stick to the conscious and subconscious minds, concepts that psychologists and psychiatrists have long grappled with. I'm grappling with it here to provide the biological foundation for conscious parenting as well as energy-based psychological healing methods.

Human Programming:

When Good Mechanisms Go Bad

Let's go back to the evolutionary challenge for human beings, who have to learn so much so quickly to survive and become a part of their social community. Evolution has endowed our brains with the ability to rapidly download an unimaginable number of behaviors and beliefs into our memory. Ongoing research suggests that a key to under­standing how this rapid downloading of information works is the brain's fluctuating electrical activity as measured by electroencephalo­grams. The literal definition of electroencephalograms (EEGs) is "elec­tric head pictures." These increasingly sophisticated head pictures reveal a graded range of brain activity in human beings. Both adults

162
Chapter Seven Conscious Parenting: Parents as Genetic Engineers
and children display EEG variations that range from low frequency Delta waves through high frequency Beta waves. However, researchers have noted that EEG activity in children reveals, at every develop­mental stage, the predominance of a specific brain wave.

Dr. Rima Laibow in Quantitative EEG and Neurofeedback describes the progression of these developmental stages in brain activity. [Laibow 1999 and 2002] Between birth and two years of age, the human brain predominantly operates at the lowest EEG frequency, 0.5 to 4 cycles per second (Hz), known as Delta waves. Though Delta is their predominant wave activity, babies can exhibit periodic short bursts of higher EEG activity. A child begins to spend more time at a higher level of EEG activity characterized as Theta (4-8 Hz) between two and six years of age. Hypnotherapists drop their patients' brain activity into Delta and Theta because these low frequency brain waves put them into a more suggestible, programmable state.

This gives us an important clue as to how children, whose brains are mostly operating at these same frequencies between birth and six years of age, can download the incredible volume of information they need to thrive in their environment. The ability to process this vast quantity of information is an important neurologic adaptation to facil­itate this information-intense process of enculturation. Human envi­ronments and social mores change so rapidly that it would not be an advantage to transmit cultural behaviors via genetically programmed instincts. Young children carefully observe their environment and download the worldly wisdom offered by parents directly into their subconscious memory. As a result, their parents' behavior and beliefs become their own.

Researchers at Kyoto University's Primate Research Institute have found that baby chimps also learn by simply observing their mothers. In a series of experiments, a mother was taught to identify the Japanese characters for a variety of colors. When the Japanese charac­ter for a specific color was flashed on a computer screen, the chimp learned to choose the right color swatch. Upon selecting the right color, the chimp received a coin that she could then put in a vending

163
The Biology of Belief
machine for a fruit treat. During her training process, she was holding her baby close. To the surprise of researchers, one day, as the mother was retrieving her fruit from the vending machine, the infant chimp activated the computer. When the character appeared on the screen, the chimp selected the correct color, received a coin and then followed his mother to the vending machine. The astonished researchers were left to conclude that infants can pick up complex skills solely by obser­vation and don't have to be actively coached by their parents. [Science 2001]

In humans as well, the fundamental behaviors, beliefs and atti­tudes we observe in our parents become "hard-wired" as synaptic pathways in our subconscious minds. Once programmed into the sub­conscious mind, they control our biology for the rest of our lives...unless we can figure out a way to reprogram them. Anyone who doubts the sophistication of this downloading should think about the first time your child blurted out a curse word picked up from you. I'm sure you noted its sophistication, correct pronunciation, its nuanced style and context carrying your signature.

Given the precision of this behavior-recording system, imagine the consequences of hearing your parents say you are a "stupid child," you "do not deserve things," will "never amount to anything," "never should have been born" or are a "sickly, weak" person. When unthink­ing or uncaring parents pass on those messages to their young chil­dren, they are no doubt oblivious to the fact that such comments are downloaded into the subconscious memory as absolute "facts" just as surely as bits and bytes are downloaded to the hard drive of your desktop computer. During early development, the child's conscious­ness has not evolved enough to critically assess that those parental pronouncements were only verbal barbs and not necessarily true char­acterizations of "self." Once programmed into the subconscious mind, however, these verbal abuses become defined as "truths" that uncon­sciously shape the behavior and potential of the child through life.

As we get older, we become less susceptible to outside program­ming with the increasing appearance of higher frequency Alpha waves

164
Chapter Seven Conscious Parenting: Parents as Genetic Engineers
(8-12 HZ). Alpha activity is equated with states of calm consciousness. While most of our senses, such as eyes, ears and nose, observe the outer world, consciousness resembles a "sense organ" that behaves like a mirror reflecting back the inner workings of the body's own cel­lular community; it is an awareness of "self."

At around twelve years of age, the child's EEG spectrum begins to show sustained periods of an even higher frequency defined as Beta waves (12-35 Hz). Beta brain states are characterized as "active or focused consciousness," the kind of brain activity used in reading this book. Recently, a fifth, higher state of EEG activity has been defined. Referred to as Gamma waves (>35Hz), this EEG frequency range kicks in during states of "peak performance," such as when pilots are in the process of landing a plane or a professional tennis player is engaged in a rapid-fire volley.

By the time children reach adolescence, their subconscious minds are chock-full of information that range from the knowledge of how to walk, to the "knowledge" they will never amount to anything, or the knowledge, fostered by loving parents, they can do anything they set out to do. The sum of our genetically programmed instincts and the beliefs we learned from our parents collectively form the subconscious mind, which can undo both our ability to keep our arm raised in a chi­ropractor's office and our best New Year's resolutions to stop sabo­taging ourselves with drugs or food.

Again I go back to cells, which can teach us so much about our­selves. I've said many times that single cells are intelligent. But remember, when cells band together in creating multicellular commu­nities, they follow the "collective voice" of the organism, even if that voice dictates self-destructive behavior. Our physiology and behavior patterns conform to the "truths" of the central voice, be they construc­tive or destructive beliefs.

I've described the power of the subconscious mind, but I want to emphasize that there is no need to consider the subconscious a scary, super-powerful, Freudian font of destructive "knowledge." In reality, the subconscious is an emotionless database of stored programs,

165
The Biology of Belief
whose function is strictly concerned with reading environmental sig­nals and engaging in hard-wired behavioral programs, no questions asked, no judgments made. The subconscious mind is a programma­ble "hard drive" into which our life experiences are downloaded. The programs are fundamentally hardwired stimulus-response behaviors. Behavior activating stimuli may be signals the nervous system detects from the external world and/or signals that arise from within the body such as emotions, pleasure and pain. When a stimulus is perceived, it will automatically engage the behavioral response that was learned when the signal was first experienced. In fact, people who realize the automated nature of this playback response frequently admit to the fact that their "buttons have been pushed."

Before the evolution of the conscious mind, the functions of animal brains consisted only of those that we link with the subconscious mind. These more primitive minds were simple stimulus-response devices that automatically responded to environmental stimuli by engaging genetically programmed (instincts) or simple learned behav­iors. These animals do not "consciously" evoke such behaviors, and in fact, may even be oblivious to them. Their behaviors are programmed reflexes, like the blink of an eye in response to a puff of air or the kick of a leg after tapping the knee joint.

The Conscious Mind: The Creator Within

The evolution of higher mammals, including chimps, cetaceans and humans, brought forth a new level of awareness called "self-con­sciousness," or, simply, the conscious mind. The newer conscious mind is an important evolutionary advance. The earlier, subconscious mind is our "autopilot"; the conscious mind is our manual control. For example, if a ball comes near your eye, the slower conscious mind may not have time to be aware of the threatening projectile. Yet the sub­conscious mind, which processes some 20,000,000 environmental stimuli per second v. 40 environmental stimuli interpreted by the con­scious mind in the same second, will cause the eye to blink.

166
Chapter Seven Conscious Parenting: Parents as Genetic Engineers
[Norretranders 1998] (see illustration below). The subconscious mind, one of the most powerful information processors known, specifically observes both the surrounding world and the body's internal aware­ness, reads the environmental cues and immediately engages previ-
File:Bruce Lipton - The Biology of Belief-37.jpg
Conscious Mind
Subconscious Mind
Visualizing the information-processing powers of the conscious and subconscious minds. Consider that the image of Machu Picchu above is comprised of 20,000,000 pixel dots, each representing a BIT of information received by the nervous system in one second. How much of that information enters the conscious mind? In the lower picture, the dot represents the total amount of information that is processed by the conscious mind. (Actually the dot is 10X more than enters consciousness, I had to enlarge it because it was barely visible.) In contrast, the powerful subconscious mind processes alt the remaining incoming information (the black area) in the same second.
167
The Biology of Belief
ously acquired (learned) behaviors —all without the help, supervision or even awareness of the conscious mind.

The two minds make a dynamic duo. Operating together, the con­scious mind can use its resources to focus on some specific point, such as the party you are going to on Friday night. Simultaneously, your subconscious mind can be safely pushing the lawn mower around and successfully not cutting off your foot or running over the cat—even though you are not consciously paying attention to mowing the lawn.

The two minds also cooperate in acquiring very complex behav­iors that can subsequently be unconsciously managed. Remember the first day you excitedly sat in the driver's seat of a car, preparing to learn how to drive? The number of things that had to be dealt with by the conscious mind was staggering. While keeping your eyes on the road, you had to also watch the rear and side view mirrors, pay atten­tion to the speedometer and other gauges, use two feet for the three pedals of a standard shift vehicle and try to be calm, cool and collect­ed as you drove past observing peers. It took what seemed to be a long time before all these behaviors were "programmed" into your mind.

Today, you get in the car, turn the ignition on and consciously review your shopping list as the subconscious mind dutifully engages all the complex skills you need to successfully navigate through the city —without even once having to tnink about the mechanics of dri­ving. I know I am not the only one out there who has experienced this. You are driving and having a delightful discussion with the passenger sitting next to you. In fact, your consciousness gets so caught up in the conversation, that somewhere down the road it dawns on you that you haven't even paid attention to your driving for five minutes. After a momentary start, you realize that you are still on your side of the road and steadily moving along with the flow of traffic. A quick check of the rear view mirror reveals that you did not leave a wake of crumpled stop signs and smashed mailboxes. If you weren't consciously driving the car during that time, then who was? The subconscious mind! And how well did it do? Although you didn't observe its behavior, the sub-

168
Chapter Seven Conscious Parenting: Parents as Genetic Engineers
conscious mind apparently performed just as well as it was taught during your driver education experience.

In addition to facilitating subconscious habitual programs, the conscious mind also has the power to be spontaneously creative in its responses to environmental stimuli. In its self-reflective capacity, the conscious mind can observe behaviors as they're being carried out. As a preprogrammed behavior is unfolding, the observing conscious mind can step in, stop the behavior and create a new response. Thus the conscious mind offers us free will, meaning we are not just victims of our programming. To pull that off however, you have to be fully conscious lest the programming take over, a difficult task, as anyone who's tried willpower can attest. Subconscious progxamrning takes over the moment your conscious mind is not paying attention.

The conscious mind can also think forward and backward in time, while the subconscious rnind is always operating in the present moment. When the conscious mind is busy daydreaming, creating future plans or reviewing past life experiences, the subconscious mind is always on duty, efficiently managing the behaviors required at the moment, without the need of conscious supervision.

The two minds are truly a phenomenal mechanism, but here is how it can go awry. The conscious rnind is the "self," the voice of our own thoughts. It can have great visions and plans for a future filled with love, health, happiness and prosperity. While we focus our con­sciousness on happy thoughts, who is running the show? The subcon­scious. How is the subconscious going to manage our affairs? Precisely the way it was programmed. The subconscious mind's behaviors when we are not paying attention may not be of our own creation because most of our fundamental behaviors were downloaded with­out question from observing other people. Because subconscious-gen­erated behaviors are not generally observed by the conscious mind, many people are stunned to hear that they are "just like their mom or their dad," the people who programmed their subconscious minds.

The learned behaviors and beliefs acquired from other people, such as parents, peers and teachers, may not support the goals of our

169
The Biology of Belief
conscious mind. The biggest impediments to realizing the successes of which we dream are the limitations programmed into the subcon­scious. These limitations not only influence our behavior, they can also play a major role in determining our physiology and health. As we've seen earlier, the mind plays a powerful role in controlling the biologi­cal systems that keep us alive.

Nature did not intend the presence of the dual minds would be our Achilles heel. In fact, this duality offers a wonderful advantage for our lives. Consider it this way: What if we had conscious parents and teachers who served as wonderful life models, always engaging in humane and win-win relations with everyone in the community? If our subconscious mind were programmed with such healthy behav­iors, we could be totally successful in our lives without ever being conscious!

The Subconscious Mind:

I Keep Calling and No One Answers

While the thinking-self' nature of the conscious mind evokes images of a "ghost in the machine, there is no similar self-awareness operating in the subconscious mind. The latter mechanism is more akin to a jukebox loaded with behavioral programs, each ready to play as soon as appropriate environmental signals appear and press the selection buttons. If we don't like a particular song in the jukebox, how much yelling at or arguing with the machine will cause it to reprogram its play list? In my college days, I saw many an inebriated student, to no avail, curse and kick jukeboxes that were not responsive to their requests. Similarly, we must realize that no amount of yelling or cajol­ing by the conscious mind can ever change the behavioral "tapes" pro­grammed into the subconscious mind. Once we realize the ineffectiveness of this tactic, we can quit engaging in a pitched battle with the subconscious rnind and take a more clinical approach to reprogramming it. Engaging the subconscious in battle is as pointless as kicking the jukebox in the hope that it will reprogram its play list.

170
Chapter Seven Conscious Parenting: Parents as Genetic Engineers
The futility of battling with the subconscious is a hard message to get across because one of the programs most of us downloaded when we were young is that "will power is admirable." So we try over and over again to override the subconscious program. Usually such efforts are met with varying degrees of resistance because the cells are oblig­ated to adhere to the subconscious program.

Tensions between conscious will power and subconscious pro­grams can result in serious neurological disorders. For me, a powerful image of why we should not challenge the subconscious comes from the movie "Shine." In the movie, based on a true story, Australian con­cert pianist David Helfgott defies his father by going off to London to study music. Helfgott's father, a survivor of the Holocaust, pro­grammed his son's subconscious mind with the belief that the world was unsafe, that if he "stood out" it might be life threatening. His father insisted he would be safe only if he stayed close to his family. In spite of his father's relentless programming, Helfgott knew that he was a world-class pianist who needed to break from his father to real­ize his dream.

In London, Helfgott played the notoriously difficult "Third Piano Concerto" of Rachmaninoff in a competition. The film shows the con­flict between his conscious mind wanting success and his subcon­scious mind concerned that being visible, being internationally recognized, was life-tlrreatening. As he labors through the concerto, sweat pouring from his brow, Helfgott's conscious mind fights to stay in control, while his subconscious mind, fearful of winning, tries to take control of his body. Helfgott consciously forces himself to main­tain control through the concerto until he plays the last note. He then passes out, overcome by the energy it took to battle his subconscious programming. For that "victory" over the subconscious, he pays a high price: When he comes to, he is insane.

Most of us engage in less dramatic battles with our subconscious mind as we try to undo the programming we received as children. Witness our ability to continually seek out jobs that we fail at, or remain in jobs we hate, because we don't "deserve" a better life.

171
The Biology of Belief
Conventional methods for suppressing destructive behaviors include drugs and talk therapy. Newer approaches promise to change our programming, recognizing that there is no use "reasoning" with the subconscious tape player. These methods capitalize on the findings of quantum physics that connect energy and thought. In fact, these modalities that reprogram previously learned behaviors can be collec­tively referred to as energy psychology, a burgeoning field based on the New Biology.

But how much easier it would be to be nurtured from the begin­ning of life so that you can reach your genetic and creative potential? How much better to become a conscious parent so that your children and their children will be conscious parents, making reprogramming unnecessary and making for a happier, more peaceful planet!

A Twinkle In Your Parents7 Eyes: Conscious Conception & Conscious Pregnancy

You all know the expression, "When you were only a twinkle in your parents' eyes." A phrase that conjures up the happiness of loving parents who truly want to conceive a child. It turns out it is also a phrase that sums up the latest genetic research suggesting that parents should cultivate that twinkle in the months before they conceive a child. That growth-promoting awareness and intention can produce a smarter, healthier and happier baby.

Research reveals that parents act as genetic engineers for their chil­dren in the months before conception. In the final stages of egg and sperm maturation, a process called genomic imprinting adjusts the activity of specific groups of genes that will shape the character of the child yet to be conceived. [Surani 2001; Reik and Walter 2001] Research suggests that what is going on in the lives of the parents during the process of genomic imprinting has a profound influence on the mind and body of their child, a scary thought given how unprepared most people are to have a baby. Verny writes in Pre-Parenting: Nurturing Your Child from Conception: "It makes a difference whether we are con­ceived in love, haste or hate, and whether a mother wants to be preg-

172
Chapter Seven Conscious Parenting: Parents as Genetic Engineers
nant...parents do better when they live in a calm and stable environ­ment free of addictions and supported by family and friends." [Verny and Weintraub 2002] Interestingly, aboriginal cultures have recog­nized the influence of the conception environment for millennia. Prior to conceiving a child, couples ceremonially purify their minds and bodies.

Once the child is conceived, an impressive body of research is doc­umenting how important parents' attitudes are in the development of the fetus. Again Verny writes: "In fact, the great weight of the scientif­ic evidence that has emerged over the last decade demands that we reevaluate the mental and emotional abilities of unborn children. Awake or asleep, the studies show, they [unborn children] are con­stantly tuned in to their mother's every action, thought and feeling. From the moment of conception, the experience in the womb shapes the brain and lays the groundwork for personality, emotional tem­perament, and the power of higher thought."

Now is the time to stress that the New Biology is not a return to the old days of blaming mothers for every ailment that medicine didn't understand—from schizophrenia to autism. Mothers and fathers are in the conception and pregnancy business together, even though it is the mother who carries the child in her womb. What the father does profoundly affects the mother, which in turn affects the developing child. For example, if the father leaves and the mother starts question­ing her own ability to survive, his leaving profoundly changes the interaction between the mother and the unborn baby. Similarly, soci­etal factors, such as lack of employment, housing and healthcare or endless wars that pull fathers into the military, can affect the parents and thus the developing child.

The essence of conscious parenting is that both mothers and fathers have important responsibilities for fostering healthy, intelli­gent, productive and joy-filled children. We surely cannot blame our­selves, nor our parents for failures in our own or our children's lives. Science has kept our attention focused on the notion of genetic deter­minism, leaving us ignorant about the influence beliefs have on our

173
The Biology of Belief
lives, and more importantly, how our behaviors and attitudes pro­gram the lives of our children.

Most obstetricians are also still uneducated about the importance of parental attitudes in the development of the baby. According to the notion of genetic determinism that they were steeped in as medical students, fetal development is mechanically controlled by genes with little additional contribution from the mother. Consequently, Ob-Gyns are only concerned with a few maternal prenatal issues: Is she eating well? Taking vitamins? Does she exercise regularly? Those questions focus on what they believe is the mother's principal role, the provision of nutrients to be used by the genetically programmed fetus.

But the developing child receives far more than nutrients from the mother's blood. Along with nutrients, the fetus absorbs excess glucose if the mother is diabetic, and excess Cortisol and other fight or flight hormones if the mother is chronically stressed. Research now offers insights into how the system works. If a mother is under stress, she activates her HPA axis, which provides fight or flight responses in a threatening environment.

Stress hormones prepare the body to engage in a protection response. Once these maternal signals enter the fetal blood stream, they affect the same target tissues and organs in the fetus as they did in the mother. In stressful environments, fetal blood preferentially flows to the muscles and hindbrain, providing nutritional require­ments needed by the arms and legs, and by the region of the brain responsible for life-saving reflex behavior. In supporting the function of the protection-related systems, blood flow is shunted from the vis­cera organs and stress hormones suppress forebrain function. The development of fetal tissue and organs is proportional to both the amount of blood they receive and the function they provide. When passing through the placenta, the hormones of a mother experiencing chronic stress will profoundly alter the distribution of blood flow in her fetus and change the character of her developing child's physiolo­gy. [Lesage, et al, 2004; Christensen 2000; Arnsten 1998; Leutwyler 1998; Sapolsky 1997; Sandman, et al, 1994]

174
Chapter Seven Conscious Parenting: Parents as Genetic Engineers
At the University of Melbourne, E. Marilyn Wintour's research on pregnant sheep, who are physiologically quite similar to humans, has found that prenatal exposure to Cortisol eventually leads to high blood pressure [Dodic, et al, 2002]. Fetal Cortisol levels play a very important regulatory role in the development of the kidney's filtering units, the nephrons. A nephron's cells are intimately involved with regulating the body's salt balance and consequently are important in controlling blood pressure. Excess Cortisol absorbed from a stressed mother mod­ifies fetal nephron formation. An additional effect of excess Cortisol is that it simultaneously switches the mother's and the fetus' system from a growth state to a protection posture. As a result, the growth-inliibiting effect of excess Cortisol in the womb causes the babies to be born smaller.

Suboptimal conditions in the womb that lead to low birth-weight babies have been linked to a number of adult ailments that Nathanielsz outlines in his book Life In The Womb, [Nathanielsz 1999] including dia­betes, heart disease and obesity. For example, Dr. David Barker [ibid.] of England's University of Southampton has found that a male who weighs less than 5.5 pounds at birth has a 50% greater chance of dying of heart disease than one with a higher birth weight. Harvard researchers have found that women who weigh less than 5.5 pounds at birth have a 23 percent higher risk of cardiovascular disease than women born heavier. And David Leon [ibid.] of the London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine has found that diabetes is three times more common in 60-year-old men who were small and thin at birth.

The new focus on the influences of the prenatal environment extends to the study of IQ, which genetic determinists and racists once linked simply to genes. But in 1997, Bernie Devlin, a professor of psy­chiatry at the University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine, carefully analyzed 212 earlier studies that compared the IQs of twins, siblings, and parents and their children. He concluded that genes account for only forty-eight percent of the factors that determine IQ. And when the synergistic effects of mingling the mother and father's genes are factored in, the true inherited component of intelligence plummets even further, to thirty-four percent. [Devlin, et al, 1997; McGue 1997]

175
The Biology of Belief
Devlin, on the other hand, found that conditions during prenatal development significantly impact IQ. He reveals that up to fifty-one percent of a child's potential intelligence is controlled by environmen­tal factors. Previous studies had already found that drinking or smok­ing during pregnancy can cause decreased IQ in children, as can exposure to lead in the womb. The lesson for people who want to be parents is that you can radically shortchange the intelligence of your child simply by the way you approach pregnancy. These IQ changes are not accidents; they are directly linked to altered blood flow in a stressed brain.

In my lectures on conscious parenting, I cite research, but I also show a video from an Italian conscious parenting organization, Associazione Nazionale Educazione Prenatale, which graphically illustrates the interdependent relationship between parents and their unborn child. In this video, a mother and father engage in a loud argu­ment while the woman is undergoing a sonogram. You can vividly see the fetus jump when the argument starts. The startled fetus arches its body and jumps up, as if it were on a trampoline when the argument is punctuated with the shattering of glass. The power of modern tech­nology, in the form of a sonogram, helps to lay to rest the myth that the unborn child is not a sophisticated enough organism to react to anything other than its nutritional environment.

Nature's Head Start Program

You may be wondering why evolution would provide such a sys­tem for fetal development that seems so fraught with peril and is so dependent on the environment of the parents. Actually, it's an inge­nious system that helps ensure the survival of your offspring. Eventually, the child is going to find itself in the same environment as its parents. Information acquired from the parents' perception of their environment transits the placenta and primes the prenate's physiolo­gy, preparing it to more effectively deal with future exigencies that will be encountered after birth. Nature is simply preparing that child to best survive in that environment. However, armed with the latest

176
Chapter Seven Conscious Parenting: Parents as Cenetic Engineers
science, parents now have a choice. They can carefully reprogram their limiting beliefs about life before they bring a child into their world.

The importance of parental programming undermines the notion that our traits, both positive and negative, are fully determined by our genes. As we have seen, genes are shaped, guided and tailored by environmental learning experiences. We have all been led to believe that artistic, athletic and intellectual prowess are traits simply passed on by genes. But no matter how "good" one's genes may be, if an indi­vidual's nurture experiences are fraught with abuse, neglect or mis-perceptions, the realization of the genes' potentials will be sabotaged. Liza Minelli acquired her genes from her superstar mother Judy Garland and her father filmmaker Vincent Minelli. Liza's career, the heights of her stardom and the lows of her personal life, are scripts that were played out by her parents and downloaded into her subcon­scious mind. If Liza had the same genes, but was raised by a nurturing Pennsylvania Dutch farming family, that environment would have epigenetically triggered a different selection of genes. The genes that enabled her to pursue a successful entertainment career would have likely been masked or inhibited by the cultural demands of her agrar­ian community.

A wonderful example of the effectiveness of conscious parenting programming is superstar golfer Tiger Woods. Although his father was not an accomplished golfer, he made every effort to immerse Tiger in an environment that was rich with opportunities to develop and enhance the mindset, skills, attitudes and focus of a master golfer. No doubt, Tiger's success is also intimately connected with the Buddhist philosophy that his mother contributed. Indeed, genes are important —but their importance is only realized through the influ­ence of conscious parenting and the richness of opportunities provid­ed by the environment.

Conscious Mothering and Fathering

I used to close my public lectures with the admonition that we are personally responsible for everything in our lives. Such a closure did

177
The Biology of Belief
not make me popular with the audience. That responsibility was too much for many people to accept. After one lecture, an older woman in the audience was so distressed by my conclusion that she brought her husband backstage and in tears vehemently contested my conclusion. She did not want any part of some of the tragedies she had experi­enced. This woman convinced me that my summary conclusion had to be modified. I realized that I didn't want to contribute to foisting blame and guilt on any individual. As a society, we are too apt to wal­low in guilt or scapegoat others for our problems. As we gain insights over a lifetime, we become better equipped to take charge of our lives. After some deliberation, this woman from the audience happily accepted the following resolution: You are personally responsible for everything in your life, once you become aware that you are personally responsible for everything in your life. One cannot be "guilty" of being a poor parent unless one is already aware of the above-described information and disregards it. Once you become aware of this infor­mation, you can begin to apply it to reprogram your behavior.

And while we're on the subject of myths about parenting, it is absolutely not true that you are the same parent for all of your chil­dren. Your second child is not a clone of the first child. The same things are not happening in your world that happened when the first child was born. As I said above, I once thought that I was the same par­ent for my first child as I was for my very different second child. But when I analyzed my parenting, I found that was not true. When my first child was born, I was at the beginning of my graduate school training, which was for me, a difficult transition fraught with a high workload accompanied by high insecurity. By the time my second daughter was born, I was a more confident, more accomplished research scientist ready to start my academic career. I had more time and more psychic energy to parent my second child and to better par­ent my first daughter, who was now a toddler.

Another myth I'd like to address is that infants need lots of stimu­lation in the form of black and white flash cards or other learning tools marketed to parents to increase the intelligence of their children. Michael Mendizza and Joseph Chilton Pearce's inspiring book Magical

178
Chapter Seven Conscious Parenting: Parents as Genetic Engineers
Parent-Magical Child makes it clear that play not programming is the key to optimizing the learning and performance of infants and chil­dren. [Mendizza and Pearce 2001] Children need parents who can playfully foster the curiosity, creativity and wonder that accompanies their children into the world.

Obviously, what humans need is nurture in the form of love and the ability to observe older humans going about their everyday lives. When babies in orphanages, for example, are kept in cribs and only provided with food but not one-on-one smiles and hugs, they develop long-lasting developmental problems. One study of Romanian orphans by Mary Carlson, a neurobiologist at Harvard Medical School, concluded that the lack of touching and attention in Romanian orphanages and poor-quality day-care centers stunted the children's growth and adversely affected their behavior. Carlson, who studied sixty Romanian children from a few months to three years of age, mea­sured their Cortisol levels by analyzing samples of saliva. The more stressed a child was, as determined by the higher than normal levels of Cortisol in its blood, the poorer the outcome for the child. [Holden 1996]

Carlson and others have also done research on monkeys and rats demonstrating crucial links among touch, the secretion of the stress hormone Cortisol, and social development. Studies by James W. Prescott, former director of the National Institutes of Health's section on Human Health and Child Development, revealed that newborn monkeys deprived of physical contact with their mothers or social con­tact with others, develop abnormal stress profiles and become violent sociopaths. [Prescott 1996 and 1990]

He followed up these studies with an assessment of human cul­tures based on how they raise their children. He found that if a society physically held and loved its children and did not repress sexuality, that culture was peaceful. Peaceful cultures feature parents who main­tain extensive, physical contact with their children, such as carrying their babies on their chests and backs throughout the day. In contrast, societies that deprive their infants, children and adolescents of exten-

179
The Biology of Belief
sive touch are inevitably violent in nature. One of the differences between populations is that many of the children not receiving touch suffer from somatosensory affective disorder. This disorder is charac­terized by an inability to physiologically suppress surging levels of stress hormones, a precursor to violent episodes.

These findings provide insight into the violence that pervades the United States. Rather than endorsing physical closeness, our current medical and psychological practices often discourage it. From the unnatural intervention of medical doctors in the natural process of birthing, for example, separating the neonate for extensive periods from the parents into distant nurseries, and the advising of parents not to respond to their babies cries for fear of spoiling them. Such prac­tices, presumably based upon "science," undoubtedly contribute to the violence in our civilization. The research regarding touch and its relationship to violence is described in full at the following website: www.violence.de.

But what about the Romanian children who come out of deprived backgrounds and become what one researcher called "the resilient wonders." Why do some children thrive despite their backgrounds? Because they have "better" genes? By now you know that I don't believe that. More likely, the birth parents of these resilient wonders provided a more nurturing pre- and perinatal environment, as well as good nutrition at crucial points in the child's development.

The lesson for adoptive parents is that they should not pretend their children's lives began when they came into their new surround­ings. Their children may have already been programmed by their birth parents with a belief that they are unwanted or unlovable. If more for­tunate, they may have, at some crucial age in their development, received positive, life-affirming messages from their caretakers. If adoptive parents are not aware of pre- and perinatal programming, they may not deal realistically with post-adoption issues. They may not realize that their children did not come to them as a "blank slate" anymore than newborns come into the world as blank slates, unaffect­ed by their nine months in their mothers' womb. Better to recognize that prograrnming and to work, if necessary, to change it.

180
Chapter Seven Conscious Parenting: Parents as Genetic Engineers
For adoptive and non-adoptive parents alike, the message is clear: Your children's genes reflect only their potential, not their destiny. It is up to you to provide the environment that allows them to develop to their highest potential.

Notice I do not say that it is up to parents to read lots of parenting books. I've met lots of people who are intellectually attracted to the ideas I present in this book. But intellectual interest is not enough. I tried that myself. I was intellectually aware of everything in this book, but before I made the effort to change, it made no impact on my life. If you simply read this book and think that your life and your children's lives will change, you're doing the equivalent of accepting the latest pharmaceutical pill thinking it will "fix" everything. No one is fixed until they make the effort to change.

Here is my challenge to you. Let go of unfounded fears and take care not to implant unnecessary fears and limiting beliefs in your chil­dren's subconscious minds. Most of all, do not accept the fatalistic message of genetic determinism. You can help your children reach their potential and you can change your personal life. You are not "stuck" with your genes.

Take heed of the growth and protection lessons from cells and shift your lives into growth whenever possible. And remember that for human beings the most potent growth-promoter is not the fanciest school, the biggest toy or the highest-paying job. Long before cell biol­ogy and studies of children in orphanages, conscious parents and seers like Rurni knew that for human babies and adults the best growth pro­moter is Love.

A lifetime without Love is of no account

Love is the Water of Life

Drink it down with heart and soul

181
EPILOGUE
SPIRIT AND SCIENCE

The most beautiful and profound emotion we can experience is the sensation of the mystical. It is the power of all true science.

— Albert Einstein

We've come a long way since Chapter 1, when I faced my panicked medical students and started my journey to the New Biology. But throughout the book I have not strayed far from the theme I introduced in the first chapter — that smart cells can teach us how to live. Now that we're at the end of the book, I'd like to explain how my study of cells turned me into a spiritual person. I also want to explain why I am opti­mistic about the fate of our planet, though I concede that optimism is sometimes hard to maintain if you read the daily newspaper.

I've specifically separated my discussion of Spirit and Science from the preceding chapters of the book by entitling this section the Epilogue. An epilogue is generally a short section at the end of the work that details the fate of its character...in this case moi. When the awareness that prompted this book first came into my head twenty years ago, I saw something in it that was so profound it immediately transformed my life. In the first instant of my big "aha," my brain was reveling in the beauty of the newly envisioned mechanics of the cell membrane. A few heartbeats later I was overtaken by a joy that was so deep and wide, my heart ached and tears flowed from my eyes. The mechanics of the new science revealed the existence of our spiritual essence and our immortality. For me, the conclusions were so unam­biguous I instantly went from non-believer to believer.

I know that for some of you the conclusions I am going to present in this section are too speculative. Conclusions drawn in the previous chapters of the book are based upon a quarter of a century of studying cloned cells and are grounded in the astonishing new discoveries that are rewriting our understanding of the mysteries of life. The conclu­sions I offer in this Epilogue are also based upon my scientific train-

183
The Biology of Belief
ing —they do not spring from a leap of religious faith. I know conven­tional scientists may shy away from them, because they involve Spirit, but I am confident in presenting them for two reasons.

One reason is a philosophical and scientific rule called Occam's razor. Occam's razor holds that when several hypotheses are offered to explain a phenomenon, the simplest hypothesis that accounts for most of the observations is the most likely hypothesis and should be considered first. The new science of the magical mem-Brain in con­junction with the principles of quantum physics offer the simplest explanation that accounts for the science of not only allopathic medi­cine, but also for the philosophy and practice of complementary med­icine and spiritual healing as well. Also, after so many years of personally applying the science I have outlined in this book, I can attest to its power to change lives.

However, I concede that while science led me to my euphoric moment of insight, the experience resembled instantaneous conver­sions described by mystics. Remember the biblical story of Saul who was knocked off his horse with a lightning bolt? For me, there was no lightning bolt that came forth from the Caribbean skies. But I ran wild-eyed into the medical library because the nature of the cell's mem­brane that was "downloaded" into my awareness in the wee hours of the morning convinced me that we are immortal, spiritual beings who exist separately from our bodies. I had heard an undeniable inner voice informing me that I was leading a life based not only on the false premise that genes control biology, but also on the false premise that we end when our physical bodies die. I had spent years studying mol­ecular control mechanisms within the physical body and at that astounding moment came to realize that the protein "switches" that control life are primarily turned on and off by signals from the envi­ronment... the Universe.

You may be surprised that it was science that led me to that moment of spiritual insight. In scientific circles, the word "spirit" is as warmly embraced as the word "evolution" is in fundamentalist circles. As you know, spiritualists and scientists approach life in vastly differ-

184
Epilogue
ent ways. When life is out of whack for spiritualists, they beseech God or some other invisible force for relief. When life is out of whack for scientists, they run to the medicine cabinet for a chemical. It is only with a drug like Rolaids™ that they are able to spell relief.

The fact that science led me to spiritual insight is appropriate because the latest discoveries in physics and cell research are forging new links between the worlds of Science and Spirit. These realms were split apart in the days of Descartes centuries ago. However, I truly believe that only when Spirit and Science are reunited will we be afforded the means to create a better world.

A Time of Choice

The latest science leads us to a world view not unlike that held by the earliest civilizations, in which every material object in Nature was thought to possess a spirit. The Universe is still thought of as One by the small number of aborigines who survive. Aboriginal cultures do not make the usual distinctions among rocks, air and humans; all are imbued with spirit, the invisible energy. Doesn't this sound familiar? This is the world of quantum physics, in which matter and energy are completely entangled. And it is the world of Gaia that I spoke of in Chapter 1, a world in which the whole planet is considered to be one living, breathing organism, which needs to be protected from human greed, ignorance and poor planning.

Never have we needed the insights of such a worldview more. When Science turned away from Spirit, its mission dramatically changed. Instead of trying to understand the "natural order" so that human beings can live in harmony with that order, Modern Science embarked on a goal of control and domination of Nature. The tech­nology that has resulted from pursuing this philosophy has brought human civilization to the brink of spontaneous combustion by dis­rupting the web of Nature. The evolution of our biosphere has been punctuated by five "mass extinctions," including the one that killed the dinosaurs. Each wave of extinction nearly wiped out all life on the planet. Some researchers believe, as I mentioned in Chapter 1, that we

185
The Biology of Belief
are "deep" into the sixth mass extinction. Unlike the others caused by galactic forces such as comets, the current extinction is being caused by a force much closer to home —humans. As you sit on your porch and watch the sunset, note its spectacular color. The beauty in the sky reflects the pollution in the air. As the world we know decays, the Earth promises us an even greater light show.

Meanwhile we are leading lives without a moral context. The modern world has shifted from spiritual aspirations to a war for mate­rial accumulation. The one with the most toys wins. My favorite image for the scientists and technologists who have led us into this spiritless world comes from the Disney movie, Fantasia. Remember Mickey Mouse as the hapless apprentice to a powerful sorcerer? The sorcerer instructs Mickey to do the chores of the lab while he is away. One of the chores is to fill a giant cistern with water from a nearby well. Mickey, who had been observing the sorcerer's magic, tries to bypass the chore by applying a spell to a broom, which turns it into a water-bucket-carrying lackey.

When Mickey falls asleep, the robotic broom fills and then overfills the cistern, flooding the lab. Upon awakening, Mickey tries to stop the broom. But his knowledge is so limited, he fails and the situation gets even worse. The water takes over, until the sorcerer, who does have the knowledge to quiet the broom, returns and restores balance. Here's how Mickey's predicament is described in the movie: "This piece is a legend about a sorcerer who had an apprentice. He was a bright young lad, very anxious to learn the business. As a matter of fact, he was a lit­tle too bright because he had started practicing some of the boss's magic tricks before learning how to control them." Today's very bright scientists are "Mickey Mousing around" with our genes and our envi­ronment without understanding how interconnected everything on this planet is —a course of action bound to have tragic results.

How did we get to this point? There was a time when it was nec­essary for scientists to split from Spirit, or at least the corruption of Spirit by the Church. This powerful institution was in the business of suppressing scientific discovery when it was at odds with Church

186
Epilogue
dogma. It was Nicolaus Copernicus, a savvy politician as well as a gift­ed astronomer, who launched the Spirit/Science split when he released to the public his profound manuscript De revolutionibus orbium coelestium (On the Revolution of the Heavenly Spheres). The 1543 manuscript boldly declared that the sun, not the Earth, was the center of the "Heavenly Spheres." This is obvious today, but in Copernicus' time it was heresy, because his new cosmology was at odds with an "infallible" Church, which had declared the Earth to be the center of God's firmament. Copernicus believed that the Inquisition would destroy both him and his heretical beliefs, so he prudently waited until he was on his deathbed to publish his work. His concern for his safety was fully justified. Fifty-seven years later Giordano Bruno, a Dominican monk who had the temerity to speak out and defend Copernicus' cosmology, was burned at the stake for this heresy. Copernicus outsmarted the Church—it is hard to torture an intellectu­al when he is in his grave. Unable to kill the messenger, the Church eventually had to deal with Copernicus's message.

A century later French mathematician and philosopher René Descartes insisted on using scientific methodology to examine the validity of all previously accepted "truths." The invisible forces of the spiritual world clearly didn't lend themselves to such analysis. In the post-Reformation era, scientists were encouraged to pursue their stud­ies of the natural world and spiritual "truths" were relegated to the realms of religion and metaphysics. Spirit and other metaphysical con­cepts were devalued as "unscientific" because their truths could not be assessed by the analytic methods of science. The important "stuff" about life and the Universe became the domain of rational scientists.

If the Spirit/Science split needed any more reinforcement, it got it in 1859 when Darwin's theory of evolution made an instant splash. Darwin's theory spread across the globe like today's Internet rumors. It was readily accepted because its principles dovetailed with people's experiences in breeding pets, farm animals and plants. Darwinism attributed the origins of humanity to the happenstance of hereditary variations, which meant that there was no need to invoke Divine inter­vention in our lives or our science. Modern scientists were no less

187
The Biology of Belief
awed by the Universe than the cleric/scientists who preceded them, but with Darwin's theory in hand they no longer saw a need to invoke the Hand of God as a grand "designer" of Nature's complex order. Preeminent Darwinist Ernst Mayr wrote: "When we ask how this per­fection is brought about, we seem to find only arbitrariness, planless-ness, randomness, and accident..." [Mayr 1976]

While Darwinian theory specifies that the purpose of life's strug­gles is survival, it does not specify a means that should be used in securing that end. Apparently, "anything goes" in the perceived strug­gle because the goal is simply survival—by any means. Rather than framing the character of our lives by the laws of morality, the neo-Darwinism of Mayr suggests that we live our lives by the law of the jungle. Neo-Darwinism essentially concludes that those who have more deserve it. In the West, we have accepted the inevitability of a civilization that is characterized by the "haves" and the "have-nots." We don't want to deal with the fact that everything in this world has a price. Unfortunately this includes, along with the ailing planet, the homeless as well as the child laborers who sew our designer jeans...they are the losers in this struggle.

We Are Made In the Image of the Universe

On that early morning in the Caribbean, I realized that even the "winners" in our Darwinian world are losers because we are one with a bigger Universe/God. The cell engages in behavior when its brain, the membrane, responds to environmental signals. In fact, every func­tional protein in our body is made as a complementary "image" of an environmental signal. If a protein did not have a complementary sig­nal to couple with, it would not function. This means, as I concluded in that "aha!" moment, that every protein in our bodies is a physi­cal/electromagnetic complement to something in the environment. Because we are machines made out of protein, by definition we are made in the image of the environment, that environment being the Universe, or to many, God.

188
Epilogue
Back to the winners and losers. Because humans evolved as com­plements of their surrounding environment, if we change the environ­ment too much, we will no longer be complementary to it.. .we won't "fit." At the moment, humans are altering the planet so dramatically that we are threatening our own survival as well as the survival of other, rapidly disappearing organisms. That threat encompasses Hummer drivers and fast food moguls with lots of money, the "win­ners," along with poverty-stricken laborers, the "losers," in this com­petition for survival. There are two ways out of this dilemma: to die or mutate. I think you should seriously ponder this as the need to sell Big Macs leads us to decimate the rain forests; as the staggering numbers of gas-guzzling vehicles foul the air; or as petrochemical industries erode the Earth and pollute the water. We were designed by Nature to fit an environment, but not the environment we are now making.

I learned from cells that we are part of a whole and that we forget this at our peril. But I also recognized that each one of us has a unique, biological identity. Why? What makes each person's cellular commu­nity unique? On the surface of our cells is a family of identity recep­tors, which distinguish one individual from another.

A well-studied subset of these receptors, called self-receptors or human leukocytic antigens (HLA), are related to the functions of the immune system. If your self-receptors were to be removed, your cells would no longer reflect your identity. These self-receptor-less cells would still be human cells, but without an identity they would simply be generic human cells. Put your personal set of self-receptors back on the cells and they again reflect your identity.

When you donate an organ, the closer your set of self-receptors match the receptors of the person who is to receive the organ, the less aggressive the rejection reaction launched by the recipient's immune system. For example, let's say that a set of 100 different self-receptors on the surface of each cell is used to identify you as an individual. You are in need of an organ graft to survive. When my set of 100 self-recep­tors is compared to your self-receptors, it turns out that we have only 10 receptors that match. I would not be a great organ donor for you.

189
The Biology of Belief
The very dissimilar nature of our self-receptors reveals that our iden­tities are very different. The vast difference in membrane receptors would mobilize your immune system, shifting it into hyper-drive to eliminate the foreign, i.e., not-self, transplanted cells. You would have a greater chance of success if you could find a donor whose self-recep-tors more closely match the ones on your cells.

In your search for a better donor, however, you will not find a per­fect 100 per cent match. So far scientists have never found two indi­viduals who are biologically the same. However, it is theoretically possible to create universal donor tissues when you remove the cells' self receptors, though scientists have yet to carry out such an experi­ment. In such an experiment, the cells would lose their identity. These self-receptor-less cells would not be rejected. While scientists have focused on the nature of these immune-related receptors, it is impor­tant to note that it is not the protein receptors, but what activates the receptors that give individuals their identity. Each cell's unique set of identify receptors are located on the membrane's outer surface, where they act as "antennas," downloading complementary environmental signals. These identity receptors read a signal of "self," which does not exist within the cell but comes to it from the external environmental.

Consider the human body a television set. You are the image on the screen. But your image did not come from inside the television. Your identity is an environmental broadcast that was received via an antenna. One day you turn on the TV and the picture tube has blown out. Your first reaction would be, "Oh, #*$?!! The television is dead." But did the image die along with the television set? To answer that question you get another television set, plug it in, turn it on and tune it to the station you were watching before the picture tube blew out. This exercise will demonstrate that the broadcast image is still on the air, even though your first television "died." The death of the television as the receiver in no way killed the identity broadcast that comes from the environment.

In this analogy, the physical television is the equivalent of the cell. The TV's antenna, which downloads the broadcast, represents our full

190
Epilogue
set of identifying receptors and the broadcast represents an environ­mental signal. Because of our preoccupation with the material Newtonian world, we might at first assume that the cell's protein receptors are the "self." That would be the equivalent of believing that the TV's antenna is the source of the broadcast. The cell's receptors are not the source of its identity, but the vehicle by which the "self" is downloaded from the environment.

When I fully understood this relationship I realized that my iden­tity, my "self," exists in the environment whether my body is here or not. Just as in the TV analogy, if my body dies and in the future a new individual (biological "television set") is born who has the same exact set of identity receptors, that new individual will be downloading "me." I will once again be present in the world. When my physical body dies, the broadcast is still present. My identity is a complex sig­nature contained within the vast information that collectively com­prises the environment.

Supporting evidence for my belief that an individual's broadcast is still present even after death comes from transplant patients who report that along with their new organs come behavioral and psycho­logical changes. One conservative, health-conscious New Englander, Claire Sylvia, was astonished when she developed a taste for beer, chicken nuggets and motorcycles after her heart-lung transplant. Sylvia talked to the donor's family and found she had the heart of an eighteen-year-old motorcycle enthusiast who loved chicken nuggets and beer. In her book called A Change of Heart, Sylvia outlines her per­sonal transformational experiences, as well as similar experiences of other patients in her transplant support group. [Sylvia and Novak 1997] Paul P. Pearsall presents a number of other such stories in his book, TTie Heart's Code: Tapping the Wisdom and Power of Our Heart Energy. [Pearsall 1998] The accuracy of memories that accompany these transplants is beyond chance or coincidence. One young girl began having nightmares of murder after her heart transplant. Her dreams were so vivid that they led to the capture of the murderer who killed her donor.

191
The Biology of Belief
One theory about how these new behaviors become implanted into the transplant recipient along with the organ is "cellular memo­ry/' i.e. the notion that somehow memories are embedded in cells. You know 1 have immense respect for the intelligence of single cells, but I have to draw a line here. Yes, cells can "remember" that they are mus­cle cells or liver cells, but there is a limit to their intelligence. I do not believe cells are physically endowed with perception mechanisms that can distinguish and remember a taste for chicken nuggets!

Psychological and behavioral memory does make sense if we real­ize that the transplanted organs still bear the original identity recep­tors of the donor and are apparently still downloading that same environmental information. Even though the body of the person who donated the organs is dead, their broadcast is still on. They are, as I realized in my flash of insight while mulling over the mechanics of the cellular membrane — immortal, as I believe we all are.

Cells and organ transplants offer a model not only for immortali­ty but also for reincarnation. Consider the possibility that an embryo in the future displays the same set of identity receptors that I now pos­sess. That embryo will be tuned into my "self." My identity is back but playing through a different body. Sexism and racism become ridicu­lous as well as immoral when you realize that your receptors could wind up on a white person, a black person, an Asian, or a male or female. Because the environment represents "All That Is" (God) and our self-receptor antennas download only a narrow band of the whole spectrum, we all represent a small part of the whole...a small part of God.

Earth Landers

While the TV analogy is useful, it is not a complete one because a television is only a playback device. In the course of our lives, what we do alters the environment. We change the environment simply by being here. So a more complete way of understanding our relationship to Spirit is to compare a human to the Martian rovers "Spirit" and "Opportunity" or the other NASA landers we have sent to the Moon

192
Epilogue
and Mars. Humans are not yet able to go physically to Mars, but we really want to know what it would be like to land on Mars. So we send up the equivalent of a human explorer. Although the Mars rovers don't physically resemble a human, they have functions of humans. These vehicles have cameras, which are the "eyes" that see the planet. They have vibration detectors, which are "ears" that hear the planet. They have chemical sensors, which "taste" the planet, etc. So the lan­der is designed with sensors that can experience Mars somewhat as a human would experience it.

But let's look a little more closely at how the Mars rovers work. The rovers have antennas ("receptors") that are tuned to receive infor­mation broadcasts by a human being in the form of a NASA controller. The Earth-bound controller actually sends information that animates the Mariner on Mars. But the information is not a one-way street. The NASA controller also learns from the lander, because the vehicle trans­mits information about its Mars experiences back to Earth. The NASA controller interprets the information about the lander's experiences and then applies that new awareness to better navigate the Martian terrain.

You and I are like "Earth landers" who receive information from an enviromnental controller/Spirit. As we live our lives, the experi­ences of our world are sent back to that controller, our Spirit. So the character of how you live your life influences the character of your "self." This interaction corresponds to the concept of karma. When we understand it, we must take heed of the life we live on this planet, because the consequences of our life last longer than our bodies. What we do during our lifetime can come back to haunt us, or a future ver­sion of ourselves.

In the end, these cellular insights serve to emphasize the wisdom of spiritual teachers throughout the ages. Each of us is a spirit in mate­rial form. A powerful image for this spiritual truth is the way light interacts with a prism.

When a beam of white light goes through a prism, the prism's crystalline structure diffracts the exiting light so that it appears as a

193
The Biology of Belief
rainbow spectrum. Each color, though a component of the white light, is seen separately because of its unique frequency. If you reverse this process by projecting a rainbow spectrum through the crystal, the indi­vidual frequencies will recombine, forming a beam of white light. Think of each human being's identity as an individual color frequency within the rainbow spectrum. If we arbitrarily eliminate a specific fre­quency, a color, because we don't "like it," and then try to put the remaining frequencies back through the prism, the exiting beam will no longer be white light. By definition, white light is composed of all of the frequencies.
Many spiritual people anticipate the return of White Light to the planet. They imagine that it will come in the form of a unique individ­ual like Buddha, Jesus or Muhammad. However, from my newly acquired spirituality, I see that White Light will only return to the planet when every human being recognizes every other human being as an individual frequency of the White Light. As long as we keep elinrinating or devaluing other human beings we have decided we don't like, i.e. destroying frequencies of the spectrum, we will not be able to experience the White Light. Our job is to protect and nurture each human frequency so that the White Light can return.
194
Epilogue
Fractal Evolution—A Theory We Can Live With

I've explained why I am now a spiritual scientist. Now I'd like to explain why I am an optimist. The story of evolution is, I believe, a story of repeating patterns. We are at a crisis point, but the planet has been here before. Evolution has been punctuated with upheavals, which virtually wiped out existing species, including the best-known casualties, the dinosaurs. Those upheavals were directly linked to environmental catastrophes just as today's crisis is. As the human pop­ulation increases, we are competing for space with the other organisms with whom we share the planet. But the good news is that similar pres­sures in the past have brought into being a new way of living, and will do so again. We are concluding one evolutionary cycle and preparing to embark upon another. As this cycle comes to an end, people are becoming understandably apprehensive and alarmed by the failures in the structures that support civilization. I believe, however, that the "dinosaurs" that are currently raping Nature will become extinct. The survivors will be those who realize that our thoughtless ways are destructive to the planet and to us.

How can I be so sure? My certitude comes from my study of frac­tal geometry. Here's a definition of geometry, which will explain why it is important for studying the structure of our biosphere. Geometry is a mathematical assessment of "the way the different parts of some­thing fit together in relation to each other." Until 1975, the only geom­etry available for study was Euclidean, which was summarized in the thirteen-volume ancient Greek text, Die Elements of Euclid, written around 300 B.C. For spatially oriented students, Euclidian geometry is easy to understand because it deals with structures like cubes and spheres and cones that can be mapped on graph paper.

However, Euclidian geometry does not apply to Nature. For example, you cannot map a tree, a cloud or a mountain using the mathematical formulas of this geometry. In Nature, most organic and inorganic structures display more irregular and chaotic-appearing pat­terns. These natural images can only be created by using the recently

195
The Biology of Belief
discovered mathematics called fractal geometry. French mathemati­cian Benoit Mandelbrot launched the field of fractal mathematics and geometry in 1975. Like quantum physics, fractal (fractional) geometry forces us to consider those irregular patterns, a quirkier world of curvy shapes and objects with more than three dimensions.

The mathematics of fractals is amazingly simple because you need only one equation, using only simple multiplication and addition. The same equation is then repeated ad infinitum. For example, the "Mandelbrot set" is based on the simple formula of taking a number, multiplying it by itself and then adding the original number. The result of that equation is then used as the input of the subsequent equa­tion; the result of that equation is then used as the input for the next equation and so on. The challenge is that even though each equation follows the same formula, these equations must be repeated millions of times to actually visualize a fractal pattern. The manual labor and time needed to complete millions of equations prevented early math­ematicians from recognizing the value of fractal geometry. With the advent of powerful computers Mandelbrot was able to define this new math.

Inherent in the geometry of fractals is the creation of ever-repeat­ing, "self-similar patterns nested within one another. You can get a rough idea of the repeating shapes by picturing the eternally popular toy, hand-painted Russian nesting dolls. Each smaller structure is a miniature, but not necessarily an exact version of the larger form. Fractal geometry emphasizes the relationship between the patterns in a whole structure and the patterns seen in parts of a structure. For example, the pattern of twigs on a branch resembles the pattern of limbs branching off the trunk. The pattern of a major river looks like the patterns of its smaller tributaries. In the human lung, the fractal pattern of branching along the bronchus repeats in the smaller bron­chioles. The arterial and venous blood vessels and the peripheral ner­vous system also display similar repeating patterns.

196
Epilogue
Are the repetitive images observed in Nature simply coincidence? I believe the answer is definitely "no." To explain why I believe fractal geometry defines the structure of life, let's revisit two points.

First, the story of evolution is, as I've emphasized many times in this book, the story of ascension to higher awareness. Second, in our study of the membrane, we defined the receptor-effector protein com­plex (IMPs) as the fundamental unit of awareness/intelligence. Consequently, the more receptor-effector proteins (the olives in our bread and butter sandwich model) an organism possesses, the more awareness it can have and the higher it is on the evolutionary ladder.

However, there are physical restrictions for increasing the number of receptor-effector proteins that can be packed into the cell's mem­brane. The cell membrane's thickness measures seven to eight nanometers, the diameter of its phospholipid bilayer. The average diameter of the receptor-effector "awareness" proteins is approxi­mately the same as the phospholipids in which they are embedded. Because the membrane's thickness is so tightly defined, you can't cram in lots of IMPs by stacking them on top of one another. You're stuck with a one-protein-thick layer. Consequently, the only option for increasing the number of awareness proteins is to increase the surface area of the membrane.

Let's go back to our membrane "sandwich" model. More olives mean more awareness —the more olives you can layer in the sand­wich, the smarter the sandwich. Which has more intelligence capacity, a slice of cocktail rye or a large slab of sour dough? The answer is sim­ple: the larger the surface area of the bread, the greater the number of olives that can fit into the sandwich. Relating this analogy to biologi­cal awareness, the more membrane surface area the cell has, the more protein "olives" it can manage. Evolution, the expansion of awareness, can then be physically defined by the increase of membrane surface area. Mathematical studies have found that fractal geometry is the best way to get the most surface area (membrane) within a three-dimen­sional space (cell). Therefore, evolution becomes a fractal affair.

197
The Biology of Belief
Repeating patterns in Nature are a necessity, not a coincidence, of "fractal" evolution.

My point is not to get caught up in the mathematical details of the modeling. There are repetitive fractal patterns in Nature and in evolu­tion as well. The strikingly beautiful, computer-generated pictures that illustrate fractal patterns should remind us that, despite our modern angst and the seeming chaos of our world, there is order in Nature and there is nothing truly new under the sun. Evolution's repetitive, frac­tal patterns allow us to predict that humans will figure out how to expand their consciousness in order to climb another rung of the evo­lutionary ladder. The exciting, esoteric world of fractal geometry pro­vides a mathematical model that suggests that the "arbitrariness, planlessness, randomness, and accident" that Mayr wrote about is an outmoded concept. In fact, I believe it is an idea that does not serve humanity and should, as rapidly as possible, go the way of the pre-Copernican Earth-centered Universe.

Once we realize that there are repeating, ordered patterns in Nature and evolution, the lives of cells, which inspired this book and the changes in my life, become even more instructive. For billions of years, cellular living systems have been carrying out an effective peace plan that enables them to enhance their survival as well as the survival of the other organisms in the biosphere. Imagine a population of tril­lions of individuals living under one roof in a state of perpetual hap­piness. Such a community exists — it is called the healthy human body. Clearly cellular communities work better than human communities— there are no left-out, "homeless" cells in our bodies. Unless of course, our cellular communities are in profound disharmony causing some cells to withdraw from cooperating with the community. Cancers essentially represent homeless, jobless cells that are living off the other cells in the community.

If humans were to model the lifestyle displayed by healthy com­munities of cells, our societies and our planet would be more peaceful and vital. Creating such a peaceful community is a challenge because every person perceives the world differently. So essentially, there are

198
Epilogue
six billion human versions of reality on this planet, each perceiving its own truth. As the population grows, they are bumping up against each other.

Cells faced a similar challenge in early evolution as described in Chapter 1, but the point bears repeating. Shortly after the earth was formed, single-celled organisms rapidly evolved. Thousands of vari­ations of unicellular bacteria, algae, yeast and protozoa, each with varying levels of awareness, appeared over the next three-and-a-half billion years. It is probable that like us, those single-celled organisms began to multiply seemingly out of control and to over-populate their environment. They began to bump up against each other and wonder, "Will there be enough for me?" It must have been scary for them, too. With that new, enforced closeness and the consequent change in their environment, they searched for an effective response to their pressures. Those pressures led to a new and glorious era in evolution, in which single cells joined together in altruistic multicel­lular communities. The end result was humans, at or near the top of the evolutionary ladder.

Similarly, I believe that the stresses of the increasing human popu­lation will be responsible for pushing us up another rung on the evolu­tionary ladder. We will, I believe, come together in a global community. The members of that enlightened community will recognize that we are made in the image of our environment, i.e. that we are Divine and that we have to operate, not in a survival of the fittest manner, but in a way that supports everyone and everything on this planet.

Survival of the Most Loving

You may agree that Rumi's words on the power of love are noble ones, but you may not believe that they fit these troubled times, when survival of the fittest may seem more appropriate. Isn't Darwin right that violence is at the core of life? Isn't violence the way of the natural world? WTiat about all those documentaries that show animals stalk­ing animals, animals snaring animals, animals killing animals? Don't humans possess an inborn inclination to violence? The logic goes:

199
The Biology of Belief
Animals are violent, humans are animals, and therefore humans are violent.

No! Humans are not "stuck" with an innate, viciously competi­tive nature any more than we are stuck with genes that make us sick or make us violent. Chimps, who are the closest to humans geneti­cally, offer evidence that violence is not a necessary part of our biol­ogy. One species of chimps, the bonobos, create peaceful communities with co-dominant males and females in charge. Unlike other chimps, the community of bonobos operates not with a vio­lence-driven ethic but an ethic that can be described as "make love, not war." When the chimps in this society become agitated, they don't engage in bloody fights; they diffuse their divisive energy by having sex.

Recent research by Stanford University biologists Robert M. Sapolsky and Lisa J. Share has found that even wild baboons, among the most aggressive animals on this planet, are not genetically man­dated to be violent. [Sapolsky and Share 2004] In one well-studied baboon troop, the aggressive males died out from contaminated meat they foraged from a tourist garbage pit. In the wake of their deaths the social structure of the troop was reinvented. Research suggests that females helped steer the remaining, less aggressive males into more cooperative behaviors, which led to a uniquely peaceful community. In an editorial in Public Library of Science Biology where the Stanford research was published, chimp researcher, Frans B. M. de Waal of Emory University, wrote: ".. .even the fiercest primates do not forever need to stay this way." [deWaal 2004]

In addition, no matter how many National Geographic specials you've watched, there is no dog-eat-dog imperative for humans. We are at the top of the predator/prey food chain. Our survival is depen­dent on eating organisms lower in the hierarchy, but we are not sub­ject to being eaten by organisms higher in the chain. Without natural predators, humans are spared from becoming "prey" and from all the violence that the term implies.

200
Epilogue
That does not mean that humans are outside the laws of Nature, of course, for eventually, we too shall be eaten. We are mortal and fol­lowing our demise, one would hope after a long and violence-free life, our corporeal remains will be consumed and recycled back to the envi­ronment. Like a snake turning on itself, humans at the top of the food chain will eventually be devoured by organisms that are the lowest in the chain, the bacteria.

But before that snake turns, we may not live a violence-free life. Despite our lofty position on the food chain, we are our own worst enemy. More than any other animal, we turn on ourselves. Lower-level animals sometimes turn on themselves, but most aggressive encounters among members of the same species are limited to threat­ening postures, sounds and scents, not death. And in social popula­tions other than humans, the primary cause of intraspecies violence is either the acquisition of air, water and food required for survival, or the selection of mates for propagation.

In contrast, the violence among humans that is directly linked to securing sustenance or in the process of mate selection is quite mini­mal. Human violence is more often associated with the acquisition of material possessions beyond what is necessary for sustenance or the distribution and purchase of drugs to escape the nightmare world we have created; or child and spousal abuse passed down generation after generation. Perhaps the most widespread and insidious form of human violence is ideological control. Throughout history, religious movements and governments have repeatedly prodded their con­stituents into aggression and violence to deal with dissenters and non-believers.

Most human violence is neither necessary nor is it an inherent, genetic, "animal" survival skill. We have the ability, and I believe an evolutionary mandate, to stop violence. The best way to stop it is to realize, as I emphasized in the last chapter of this book, that we are spiritual beings who need love as much as we need food. But we won't get to the next evolutionary step by just thinking about it just as we can't change our children's and our lives simply by reading books. Join

201
The Biology of Belief
communities of Hke-minded people who are working toward advanc­ing human civilization by realizing that Survival of the Most Loving is the only ethic that will ensure not only a healthy personal life but also a healthy planet.

Remember those under-prepared, under-appreciated Caribbean students who banded together, like the cells they studied in their his­tology course, to form a community of successful students? Use them as role models and you will help ensure a Hollywood ending not just for individuals mired in self-sabotaging beliefs, but also for this plan­et. Use the intelligence of cells to propel humanity one more rung up the evolutionary ladder where the most loving do more than just sur­vive, they thrive.

202
ADDENDUM
The science revealed in this book defines how beliefs control behav­ior and gene activity, and consequently the unfolding of our lives. The chapter on Conscious Parenting describes how most of us unavoidably acquired limiting or self-sabotaging beliefs that were downloaded into our subconscious minds when we were children.

As I mentioned in that chapter, there are a variety of "energy" psy­chology techniques, which exploit the latest mind-body research to quickly access and reprogram those subconscious programs. Before 1 leave you, I'd like to talk a little about one of these energy psychology techniques called PSYCH-K'" because I have personal experience with it and I am confident of its integrity, simplicity, and effectiveness.

I met Rob Williams, the originator of PSYCH-Kru, at a conference in 1990, where we were both presenters. As usual, at the conclusion of my presentation, I told my audience that if they changed their beliefs they could change their lives. It was a familiar conclusion with a famil­iar response from the participants: "Well, Bruce, that's great, but how do we do that?"

In those days I didn't fully realize the crucial role the subconscious mind plays in the change process. Instead, I relied mostly on trying to power through negative behavior using positive thinking and willpower. I knew, though, that I had had only limited success in mak­ing personal changes in my own life. I also knew that when I offered this solution, the energy in the room dropped like a lead balloon. It seems my sophisticated audiences had, like me, already tried willpow­er and positive thinking with limited success!

As fate would have it, I returned to my seat, and looked up to see that the next presenter was psychotherapist Rob Williams. Rob's open­ing remarks quickly had the entire audience on the edge of our seats. In his introduction, Rob stated that PSYCH-K™ can change long-stand­ing, limiting beliefs in a matter of minutes.

203
The Biology of Belief
Rob then asked the audience if there was anyone who would like to address an issue that had been troubling them. One woman caught both Rob's and my attention. She raised her hand tentatively, first up, then down, then up again. Her timidity was palpable. When Rob asked what her issue was, her face turned red and her response was inaudible. Rob actually had to leave the podium and confer with her, one-on-one. It was Rob who had to inform the audience that her prob­lem was "speaking in public." Rob returned to the stage and the woman hesitantly followed. Rob asked her to tell the audience of near­ly a hundred people a bit about her fear. Again she could hardly speak.

Rob worked with the woman for about 10 minutes, using one of the PSYCH-K™ change techniques. Then he again asked the woman to tell the audience how she felt about speaking to them. The change was astomshing. Not only was she visibly more relaxed, she began talking to the audience in an excited, yet confident voice. The eyes of the con­ference attendees became like saucers and their mouths dropped as this woman took over the stage for the next five minutes. The woman got so carried away that Rob had to ask her to stop speaking and take her seat so he could finish his presentation!

Because this woman was a regular attendee at an annual confer­ence, and I was a frequent presenter, I was able to witness her amaz­ing transformation over the next several years. She not only had gotten over her fear of public speaking, but even went on to organize Toast Masters in her community. Eventually, she became an award-winning public speaker! This woman's life was truly transformed in just a few minutes. In the fifteen years since I witnessed that woman's quick transformation, I have seen other people rapidly improve their self-esteem and change their relationships, their finances, and their health using PSYCH-K™.

The PSYCH-K™ process is simple, direct and verifiable. It utilizes the mind/body interface of muscle testing (kinesiology) that I first dis­covered in a student-chiropractor's makeshift office in the Caribbean, to access the self-lirmting "files" of the subconscious mind. It also makes use of left brain/right brain integration techniques to effect

204
Addendum
swift and long-lasting changes. In addition, PSYCH-K™ integrates Spirit into the change process, just as I have integrated Spirit into my understanding of Science. Using muscle testing, PSYCH-K™ accesses what Rob calls the "superconscious" mind to make sure that the per­son's stated goals are safe and appropriate. These built-in safeguards allow this system of personal change to be taught to anyone who is interested in taking charge of their lives by moving out of fear and into love.

I use PSYCH-K™ in my own life. PSYCH-K™ has helped me undo my self-limiting beliefs, including one about not being able to finish my book. The fact that you are holding this book is one indication of the power of PSYCH-K™! I also lecture regularly with Rob. Instead of offering positive thinking and willpower at the end of my lectures, I instead happily turn audiences over to Rob. While this book is about the New Biology, I believe that PSYCH-K™ represents an important step toward the New Psychology for the 21st century, and beyond. You can find more information about PSYCH-K™ at Rob's web site: www.psych-k.com.

205
For scientific updates and more information, visit:
www.brucelipton.com

• Free downloadable articles and references

• Books, videotapes and DVDs •Seminar and workshop schedules

• Links to other valuable web sites

File:Bruce Lipton - The Biology of Belief-38.jpg
Enjoy the full impact of Dr. Upton's startlingly clear science and dynamic presentation style captured live on video. These mas­terful works from an award winning teacher make science simple and our evolution as humans more hopeful.

Watch as the concepts introduced in The Biology of Belief Unleashing the Power of Consciousness, Matter and Miracles are brought to life in 3 remarkable presentations. Own the video library that brings Science and Spirit together as you have never before seen. Visit www.brucelipton.com or call toll free 800-550-5571

206
References
INTRO Lipton, B. H. (1977a). "A fine structural analysis of normal and modulated cells in myogenic cul-

ture." Developmental Biology 60: 26-47.

Lipton, B. H. (1977b). "Collagen synthesis by normal and bromodeoxyuridine-treated cells in myogenic culture." Developmental Biology 61:153-165.

Lipton, B. H., K. G. Bensch, et at (1991). "Microvessel Endothelial Cell Transdifferentiation: Phenotypic Characterization." Differentiation 46:117-133.

Lipton, B. H.. K. G. Bensch, et al. (1992). "Histamine-Modulated Transdifferentiation of Dermal Microvascular Endothelial Cells." Experimental Cell Research 199: 279-291. CH1 Adams, C L., M. K. L. Macleod, et al. (2003). "Complete analysis of the B-cell response to a pro-

tein antigen, from in vivo germinal centre formation to 3-D modelling of affinity maturation." Immunology 108: 274-287.

Baiter, M. (2000). "Was Lamarck Just a Little Bit Right?" Science 288: 38.

Blanden, R. V. and E. J. Steele (1998). "A unifying hypothesis for the molecular mechanism of somatic mutation and gene conversion in rearranged immunoglobulin variable genes." Immunology and Cell Biology 76(3): 288.

Boucher, Y., C J. Douady, et al. (2003). "Lateral Gene Transfer and the Origins of Prokaryotic Groups." Annual Revieio of Genetics 37: 283-328.

Darwin, Charles (1859) (Originally published by Charles Murray in 1859, London) The Origin of Species by Means of Natural Selection: or The Preservation of Favoured Races in the Struggle for Life (Reprinted by Penguin Books, London, 1985).

Desplanque, B., N. Hautekeete, et al. (2002). "Transgenic weed beets: possible, probable, avoid­able?" journal of Applied Ecolog}/ 39(4): 561-571.

Diaz, M. and P. Casali (2002). "Somatic immunoglobulin hypermutation." Current Opinion in Immunology 14: 235-240.

Dutta, C. and A. Pan (2002). "Horizontal gene transfer and bacterial diversity." journal of Biosciences (Bangalore) 27(1 Supplement 1): 27-33.

Gearhart, P. J. (2002) "The roots of antibody diversity." Nature 419:29-31.

Gogarten, J. P. (2003). "Gene Transfer: Gene Swapping Craze Reaches Eukaroytes." Current Biology 13: R53-R54.

Haygood, R., A. R. Ives, et al. (2003). "Consequences of recurrent gene flow from crops to wild rel­atives." Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, Series B: Biological Sciences 270(1527): 1879-1886. Heritage, J. (2004). "The fate of transgenes in the human gut." Nature Biotechnology 22(2): 170+. Jordanova, L. J. (1984). Lamarck. Oxford, Oxford University Press.

Lamarck, J.-B. de M., Chevalier de (1809). Philosophic zoologique, ou exposition des considerations rela­tives a I'histoire naturclle des animaux. Paris, Libraire.

Lamarck, J.-B. de M., Chevalier de (1914). Zoological Philosophy: an exposition with regard to the natur­al history of animals. London, Macmillan.

Lamarck, J.-B. de M., Chevalier de (1963). Zoological philosophy (facsimile of 1914 edition). New York, Hafner Publishing Co.

Lenton, T. M. (1998). "Gaia and natural selection." Nature 394: 439-447.

Li, Y., H. Li, et al. (2003). "X-ray snapshots of the maturation of an antibody response to a protein antigen." Nature Structural Biology 10(6).

Lovell, J. (2004). Fresh Studies Support New Mass Extinction Tlieory. Reuters. London.

Mayr, E. (1976). Evolution and the Diversity of Life: selected essays. Cambridge, Mass., The Belknap

Press of Harvard University Press.

Milius, S. (2003). "When Genes Escape: Does it matter to crops and weeds?" Science Nezvs 164:232+. Netherwood, T., S. M. Martin-Orue, et al. (2004). "Assessing the survival of transgenic plant DNA in the human gastrointestinal tract." Nature Biotechnology 22(2): 204+.

Nitz, N., C. Gomes, et al. (2004). "Heritable Integration of kDNA Minicircle Sequences from Trypanosoma cruzi into the Avian Genome: Insights into Human Chagas Disease." Cell 118:175-186.

Pennisi, E. (2001). "Sequences Reveal Borrowed Genes." Science 294: 1634-1635. Pennisi, E. (2004) "Researchers Trade insights About Gene Swapping." Science 305: 334-335. Ruby, E., B. Henderson, et al. (2004). "We Get By with a Little Help from Our (Little) Friends." Science 303:1305-1307.

Ryan, F. (2002). Danvin's Blind Spot: Evolution beyond natural selection. New York, Houghton Mifflin.

Spencer, L. J. and A. A. Snow (2001). "Fecundity of transgenic wild-crop hybrids of Cucurbita pepo (Cucurbitaceae): implications for crop-to-wild gene flow." Heredity 86: 694-702.

207
The Biology of Belief
Steele, E. J., R. A. Lindley, et al. (1998). Lamarck's Signature: Itinv retrogenes are changing Darwin's natural selection paradigm. St Leonards NSW Australia, Allen & Unwin.

Stevens, C. J., N. B. Dise, et al. (2004). "Impact of Nitrogen Deposition on the Species Richness of Grasslands." Science 303:1876-1879.

Tliomas, J. A., M. G, Telfer, et al. (2004). "Comparative Losses of British Butterflies, Birds, and Plants and the Global Extinction Crisis." Science 303:1879+.

Waddington, C. H. (1975), The Evolution of an Evolutionist. Cornell, Ithaca, New York. Watrud, L. S., E. H. Lee, et al. (2004). "Evidence for landscape-level, pollen-mediated gene flow from genetically modified creeping bentgrass with CP4 EPSPS as a marker." Proc. National Academy of Sciences 101(40):14533-14538.

Wu, X., J. Feng, et al. (2003). "Immunoglobulin Somatic Hypermutation: Double-Strand DNA Breaks, AIDs and Error-Prone DNA Repair." journal of Clinical Immunology 23(4). CH 2 Avery, O. T., C M. MacLeod, et al. (1944). "Studies on the chemical nature of the substance induc-

ing transformation of pneumococcal types. Induction of transformation by a deoxyribonucleic acid fraction isolated from Pneumococcus Type III." journal of Experimental Medicine 79:137-158. Baltimore, D, (2001). "Our genome unveiled." Nature 409:814-816.

Baylin, S. B. (1997). "DNA METHYLATION: Tying It All Together: Epigenetics, Genetics, Cell Cycle, and Cancer." Science 277(5334): 1948-1949.

Blaxter, M. (2003). "Two worms are better than one." Nature 426: 395-396. Bray, D. (2003). "Molecular Prodigality." Science 299:1189-1190.

Celruker, S. E., D. A. Wheeler, et al. (2002). "Finishing a whole-genome shotgun: Release 3 of the

Drosophila melanogaster euchromatic genome sequence." Genome Biology 3(12): 0079.1-0079.14.

Chakravarti, A. and P. Little (2003). "Nature, nurture and human disease." Nature 421: 412-414.

Darwin, F., Ed. (1888). Charles Danvin: Life and Letters. London, Murrav.

Dennis, C. (2003). "Altered states." Nature All: 686-688.

Goodman, L. (2003). "Making a Genesweep: It's Official!" Bio-IT World.

Jablonka, E. and M. Lamb (1995). Epigenetic Inheritance and Evolution: Tlie Lamarckian Dimension. Oxford, Oxford University Press.

Jones, P. A. (2001) "Death and methylation." Nature 409:141-144. Kling, J. (2003). "Put the Blame on Methylation." The Scientist 27-28.

Lederberg, J. (1994). Honoring Avery, MacLeod, And McCarty: The Team That Transformed Genetics. The Scientist 8:11.

Lipton, B. H., K. G. Bensch, et al. (1991). "Microvessel Endothelial Cell Transdifferentiarton: Phenotypic Characterization." Differentiation 46:117-133.

Nijhout, H, F. (1990). "Metaphors and the Role of Genes in Development." Bioessays 12(9): 441-446,

Pearson, H. (2003). "Geneticists play the numbers game in vain." Nature 423: 576.

Pennisi, E. (2003a). "A Low Number Wins the GeneSweep Pool." Science 300:1484.

Pennisi, E. (2003b). "Gene Counters Struggle to Get the Right Answer." Science 301:1040-1041.

Pray, L. A. (2004). "Epigenetics: Genome, Meet Your Environment." Tlie Scientist 14-20.

Reik, W. and J. Walter (2001). "Genomic Imprinting: Parental Influence on the Genome." Nature

Reviews Genetics 2: 21+.

Schmucker, D., J. C. Clemens, et al. (2000). "Drosophila Dscam Is an Axon Guidance Receptor

Exhibiting Extraordinary Molecular Diversity." Cell 101: 671-684.

Seppa, N. (2000). "Silencing the BRCA1 gene spells trouble." Science Neivs 157:247.

Silverman, P. H. (2004). "Rethinking Genetic Determinism: With only 30,000 genes, what is it that

makes humans human?" The Scientist 32-33.

Surani, M. A. (2001). "Reprograrnrning of genome function through epigenetic inheritance." Nature 414:122+.

Tsong, T. Y. (1989). "Deciphering tlie language of cells." Trends in Biochemical Sciences 14: 89-92. Waterland, R. A. and R. L. Jirtle (2003). "Transposable Elements: Targets for Early Nutritional Effects on Epigenetic Gene Regulation." Molecular and Cell Biology 23(15): 5293-5300. Watson, J. D., F. H. C. Crick (1953). "Molecular Structure of Nucleic Acids: A Structure for Deoxyribose Nucleic Acid." Nature 171: 737-738.

WuTett, W. C. (2002). "Balancing Life-Stvle and Genomics Research for Disease Prevention." Science 296: 695-698.

CH 3 Cornell, B. A., V. L. B. Braach-Maksvytis, et al. (1997). "A biosensor that uses ion-channel switch-

es." Nature 387: 580-583.

Tsong, T. Y. (1989). "Deciphering the language of cells." Trends in Biochemical Sciences 14: 89-92.

208
References
CH 4 Anderson, G. L., H. L. Judd, et al. (2003). "Effects of Estrogen Plus Progestin on Gynecologic

Cancers and Associated Diagnostic Procedures: The Women's Health Initiative Randomized Trial." journal of the American Medical Association 290(13): 1739-1748.

Blackman, C. F„ 5. G. Benane, et al. (1993). "Evidence for direct effect of magnetic fields on neurite

outgrowth." Federation ol American Societies for Experimental Biology 7: 801-806.

Blank, M. (1992). Na,K-ATPase function in alternating electric fields. 75th Annual Meeting of the

Federation of American Societies for Experimental Biology, April 23, Atlanta, Georgia.

Cauley, J. A., J. Robbins, et al. (2003). "Effects of Estrogen Plus Progestin on Risk of Fracture and

Bone Mineral Density: The Women's Health Initiative Randomized Trial." journal oftlie American

Medical Association 290(13): 1729-1738.

Chapman, M. 5., C R. Ekstrom, et al. (1995). "Optics and lnterferometry with Na2 Molecules." Physical Review Letters 74(24): 4783-4786.

Chu, S. (2002). "Cold atoms and quantum control." Nature 416:206-210.

Giot, L., J. S. Bader, et al. (2003). "A Protein Interaction Map of Drosophila melanogaster." Science 302:1727+.

Goodman, R. and M. Blank (2002). "Insights Into Electromagnetic Interaction Mechanisms." journal of Cellular Pln/siology 192: 16-22.

Hackermüller, L, S. Uttenthaler, et al. (2003). "Wave Nature of Biomolecules and Fluorofullerenes." Physical Review Letters 91(9): 090408-1.

Hallett, M. (2000). "Transcranial magnetic stimulation and the human brain." Nature 406: 147-1511 Helmuth, L. (2001). "Boosting Brain Activity From The Outside In." Science 292:1284-1286. Jansen, R„ H. Yu, et al. (2003). "A Bayesian Networks Approach for Predicting Protein-Protein Interactions from Genomic Data." Science 302: 449-453.

Jin, M., M. Blank, etal. (2000). "ERK1/2 Phosphorylation, Induced by Electromagnetic Fields, Diminishes During Neoplastic Transformation." journal of Cell Biology 78: 371-379. Kiibler-Ross, Elizabeth (1997) On Death and Dying, New York, Scribner.

Li, S., C. M. Armstrong, et al. (2004). "A Map of the lnteractome Network of the Metazoan C. ele-gans." Science 303: 540+.

Liboff, A. R. (2004). "Toward an Electromagnetic Paradigm for Biology and Medicine." loumal of Alternative and Complementary Medicine 10(1): 41-47.

Lipton, B. H.. K. G. Bensen, et al. (1991). "Microvessel Endothelial Cell Transdifferentiation: Phenotypic Characterization." Differentiation 46:117-133.

McClare, C. W. F. (1974). "Resonance in Bioenergetics." Annals of the Nezv York Academy of Sciences 227: 74-97.

Null, G., Ph.D., C. Dean, M.D. N.D., et al. (2003). Death By Medicine. New York, Nutrition Institute of America.

Oschman, J. L. (2000). Chapter 9: Vibrational Medicine. Energy Medicine: The Scientific Basis. Edinburgh, Harcourt Publishers: 121-137.

Pagels, H. R. (1982). The Cosmic Code: Quantum Physics As the Language of Nature. New York, Simon and Schuster.

Pool, R. (1995). "Catching the Atom Wave." Science 268:1129-1130.

Pophristic, V. and L. Goodman (2001). "Hyperconjugation not steric repulsion leads to the stag­gered structure of ethane." Nature 411: 565-568.

Rosen, A. D. (1992). "Magnetic field influence on acetylcholine release at the neuromuscular junc­tion." American journal of Physiology-Cell Physiology 262: C1418-C1422. Rumbles, G. (2001). "A laser that turns down the heat." Nature 409: 572-573. Shumaker, S. A., C. Legault, et al. (2003). "Estrogen Plus Progestin and the Incidence of Dementia and Mild Cognitive Impairment in Postmenopausal Women: The Women's Health Initiative Memory Study: A Randomized Controlled Trial." journal of the American Medical Association 289(20): 2651-2662.

Sivitz, L. (2000). "Cells proliferate in magnetic fields." Science News 158:195.

Starfield, B. (2000). "Is US Health Really the Best in the World?" journal of the American Medical

Association 284(4): 483-485.

Szent-Györgyi, A. (1960). Introduction to a Siibmolccular Biology. New York, Academic Press. Tsong, T. Y. (1989). "Deciphering the language of cells." Trends m Biochemical Sciences 14: 89-92. Wassertheil-Smoller, S., 5. L. Hendrix, et al. (2003). "Effect of Estrogen Plus Progestin on Stroke in Postmenopausal Women: The Women's Health Initiative: A Randomized Trial." journal of the American Medical Association 289(20): 2673-2684.

Weinhold, F. (2001). "A new twist on molecular shape." Nature 411: 539-541.

209
The Biology of Belief
Yen-Patton, G. P. A., W. F. Patton, et al. (1988). "Endothelial Cell Response to Pulsed Electromagnetic Fields: Stimulation of Growth Rate and Angiogenesis In Vitro." Journal of Cellular Physiology 134: 3746.

Zukav, G. (1979). The Dancing Wit Li Masters: An Overview of the Nexo Physics. New York, Bantam. CH 5 Brown, W. A. (1998). "The Placebo Effect: Should doctors be prescribing sugar pills?" Scientific

American 278(1): 90-95.

DiRita, V. J. (2000). "Genomics Happens." Science 289:1488-1489.

Discovery (2003). Placebo: Mind Over Medicine? Medical Mysteries. Silver Spring, MD, Discovery-Health Channel.

Greenberg, G. (2003). "Is It Prozac? Or Placebo?" Motlicr Jones: 76-81.

Horgan, J. (1999). Chapter 4: Prozac and Other Placebos. The Undiscovered Mind: How the Human Brain Defies Replication, Medication, and Explanation. New York, The Free Press: 102-136. Kirsch, I., T. J. Moore, et al. (2002). "The Emperor's New Drugs: An Analysis of Antidepressant Medication Data Submitted to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration." Prevention & Treatment (American Psychological Association) 5: Article 23.

Leuchter, A. F., I. A. Cook, et al. (2002). "Changes in Brain Function of Depressed Subjects During Treatment With Placebo." American journal of 'Psychiatry 159(1): 122-129.

Lipton, B. H., K. G. Bensch, et al. (1992). "Histamine-Modulated Transdifferentiation of Dermal Microvascular Endothelial Cells." Experimental Cell Research 199: 279-291. Mason, A. A. (1952). "A Case of Congenital Ichthyosiform Erythrodermia of Brocq Treated by Hypnosis." British Medical journal 30: 442-443.

Moseley, J. B., K. O'Malley, et al. (2002). "A Controlled Trial of Arthroscopic Surgery for

Osteoarthritis of the Knee." Nezv England journal of Medicine 347(2): 81-88.

Pert, Candace (1997). Molecules of Emotion: Vie Science Behind Mind-Body Medicine. New York,

Scribner.

Ryle, G. (1949), Tlie Concept of Mind. Chicago, University of Chicago Press. CH 6 Arnsten, A. F. T. and P. S. Goldman-Rakic (1998). "Noise Stress Impairs Prefrontal Cortical

Cognitive Function in Monkeys: Evidence for a Hyperdopaminergic Mechanism." Archives of General Psychiatnf 55: 362-368.

Goldstein, L. E., A. M. Rasmusson, et al. (1996). "Role of the Amygdala in the Coordination of Behavioral, Neuroendocrine, and Prefrontal Cortical Monoamine Responses to Psychological Stress in the Rat." journal of Neuroscience 16(15): 4787-4798.

Holden, C (2003). "Future Brightening for Depression Treatments." Science 302: 810-813. Kopp, M. S. and ). Rethelyi (2004). "Where psychology meets physiology: chronic stress and pre­mature mortality— the Central-Eastern European health paradox." Brain Research Bulletin 62: 351-367.

Lipton, B. H., K. G. Bensch, et al. (1991). "Microvessel Endothelial Cell Transdifferentiation: Phenotypic Characterization." Differentiation 46:117-133.

McEwen, B. S. and T. Seeman (1999). "Protective and Damaging Effects of Mediators of Stress: Elaborating and Testing the Concepts of Allostasis and Allostatic Load." Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences 896: 3047.

McEwen, B. and with Elizabeth N. Lasley (2002). Tlie End of Stress As We Knmu It. Washington, National Academies Press.

Segerstrom, S. C. and G. E. Miller (2004). "Psychological Stress and the Human immune System: A Meta-Analytic Study of 30 Years of Inquiry." Psychological Bulletin 130(4): 601-630. Takamatsu, H., A. Noda, et al. (2003). "A PET study following treatment with a pharmacological stressor, FG7142, in conscious rhesus monkeys." Brain Research 980: 275-280. CH 7 Amsten, A. F. T. (2000). "The Biology of Being Frazzled." Science 280:1711-1712.

Bateson,P., D. Barker, et al. (2004) "Developmental plasticity and human health" Nature 430: 419-421

Chamberlain, D. (1998). The Mind of Your Newborn Baby. Berkeley, CA, North Atlantic Books. Christensen, D. (2000). "Weight Matters, Even in the Womb: Status at birth can foreshadow ill­nesses decades later." Science News 158: 382-383.

Devlin, B., M. Daniels, et al. (1997). "The heritability of IQ." Nature 388: 468-471.

Dodic, M., V. Hantzis, et al. (2002). "Programming effects of short prenatal exposure to Cortisol."

Federation of American Societies for Experimental Biology 16:1017-1026.

Gluckman, P. D. and M. A. Hanson (2004). "Living with the Past: Evolution, Development, and Patterns of Disease." Science 305:1733-1736

210
References
Holden, C. (1996). "Child Development: Small Refugees Suffer the Effects of Early Neglect." Science 274(5290): 1076-1077.

Laibow, R. (1999). Clinical Applications: Medical applications of neurofeedback. Introduction to Quantitative EEC and Neurofeedback. J. R. Evans and A. Abarbanel. Burlington, MA, Academic Press (Elsevier).

Laibow, R. (2002). Personal communication with B. H. Lipton. New Jersey. Lesage,)., F. Del-Favero, et al. (2004). "Prenatal stress induces intrauterine growth restriction and programmes glucose intolerance and feeding behaviour disturbances in the aged rat." journal of Endocrinology 181: 291-296.

Leutwvler, K. (1998). "Don't Stress: It is now known to cause developmental problems, weight

gain and neurodegeneration." Scientific American 28-30.

Lewin, R. (1980). "Is Your Brain Really Necessary?" Science 210:1232-1234.

McGue, M. (1997). "The democracy of the genes." Nature 388: 417-418.

Mendizza, M. and J. C. Pearce (2001). Magical Parent, Magical Child. Nevada City, CA, Touch the Future.

Nathanielsz, P. W. (1999). Life In tite Womb: The Origin of Health and Disease. Ithaca, NY, Promethean Press.

Norretranders, T. (1998). 77ie User Illusion: Cutting Consciousness Down to Size. New York, Penguin Books.

Prescott, J. W. (1990). Affectional Bonding for the Prevention of Violent Behaviors: Neurobiological, Psychological and Religious/Spiritual Determinants. Violent Behaviour, Volume I: Assessment & Intervention. L. J. Hertzberg, G. F. Ostrum and J. R. Field. Great Neck, NY, PMA Publishing Corp. One: 95-125.

Prescott, J. W. (1996). "The Origins of Human Love and Violence." journal of Prenatal & Perinatal Psychology & Health 10(3): 143-188.

Reik, W. and J, Walter (2001). "Genomic Imprinting: Parental Influence on the Genome." Nature Reviews Genetics 2: 21+.

Sandman, C. A., P. D. Wadhwa, et al. (1994). "Psychobiological Influences of Stress and HPA Regulation on the Human Fetus and infant Birth Outcomes." Annals of tlte Neio York Academy of Sciences 739(Models of Neuropeptide Action): 198-210.

Sapolsky, R. M. (1997). "The Importance of a Weil-Groomed Child." Science 277:1620-1621. Schultz, E. A. and R. H. Lavenda (1987), Cultural Anthropology: A Perspective on the Human Condition. St. Paul, MN, West Publishing. Science (2001). "Random Samples." Science 292(5515): 205+.

Siegel, D. J. (1999). Tlie Developing Mind: How Relationships and the Brain Interact to Shape Wlio We Arc. New York, Guilford.

Surani, M. A. (2001). "Reprograrrrming of genome function through epigenetic inheritance." Nature 414:122+.

Verny, T. and with John Kelly (1981). 77ie Secret Life of the Unborn Quid. New York, Bantam Doubleday Dell.

Verny, T. R. and Pamela Weintraub (2002). New York, Simon & Schuster. PILOGUE deWaal, F. B. M. (2004). "Peace Lessons from an Unlikely Source." Public Library of Science-Biology 2(4): 0434-0436.

Mayr, E. (1976). Evolution and the Diversity of Life: Selected Essays. Cambridge, Harvard University Press.

Pearsall, P. (1998). The Heart's Code: Tapping the Wisdom and Poiver of Our Heart Energy. New York, Random House.

Sapolsky, R. M. and L. J. Share (2004). "A Pacific Culture among Wild Baboons: Its Emergence and Transmission." Public Library of Science — Biology 2(4): 0534-0541.

Sylvia, C. and W. Novak (1997). A Change of Heart: A Memoir. Boston, Little, Brown and Company.

211
The Biology of Belief
Page numbers in italics indicate an illustration 9/11 tragedy, stress resulting from, 153

A

A (adenine), 60-61

aboriginal cultures, 120,185

acquired characteristics, transgenerational

transmission of, 41-43,157 ACTH (adrenocorticotropic hormones), 148 actin proteins, 88 activated cells, 38 acupuncture, 108 adenine (A), 60-61 adoptive parenting, 180 adrenal glands/hormones, 112,148,150 adrenal system vs immune system, 149,150 adrenaline, 136

adrenocorticotropic hormones (ACTH), 148

affinity maturation, 38

Age of Genetic Determinism, 50,61

agouti gene (mice), 70-72, 71

AIDS, 68,127

allopathic medicine, 16

alpha adrenaline-sensing receptors, 136

Alpha brain waves, 165

alternative medicine, 108,114

Amazonian shamans, 120

American Medical Association (AMA), 119

amino acid molecules

composition of, 52-55,53, 54, 55

electromagnetic charges of. see

electromagnetic charges (amino acid)

peptide bonds, 53, 55

sequence of, on protein backbones, 60-61 amoebas, slime mold, 129 amoebic consciousness, collective, 27 anemones, symbiotic, 44 anthropomorphism, 35-36 antibiotics, detriment to survival of, 44 antibody genes, 38 antidepressants, 140-141,152 antihistimines, 107 Anxiety Disorder, 112 arsenic treatment of wounds, 138 Associazione Nazionale Educazione

Prenatale, 176 asthma, placebo effect and, 140 Atomic Age, 109 atoms

composition of, 100,102

discovery of energy basis of

lack of physical structure, 100

Newtonian, 701

physical properties of, 102

Quantum, 202

stopping and enhancing waves of, 117-118

vibration/frequency patterns of, 117 voltage potentials and wavelengths, 102 Australian aborigines, 120 awareness, conscious mind

and levels of, 166 awareness (IMP) proteins, 82-86, 128,130,136,197

B

baboons, 200 bacteria

beneficial, 44

functions of, 76

immune system and, 149-150 "bad vibes", 120 Baltimore, David, 63 Barker, Dr. David, 175 bases chemicals, 60-61 Baylor School of Medicine, 139 behavior regulating signals, 132 behavioral responses, conditioned, 133 belief (placebo) effect, 137-141 beliefs

effects of negative, 142-143

effects of positive, 127-128,

137-141,143-144

power of, 142-143

self-sabotaging, 203 Bensch, Dr. Klaus, 26 beta adrenaline-sensing receptors, 136 Beta brain waves, 163,165 beta thalassemia, 51 big brain theory, 161 biofeedback, 161 biological dysfunctions, 104.

see also diseases biological systems

information from energy, 114-115

information transfer between energy

and chemical signals, 111-112

redundancy of, 105-106 biologists, conventional, 102-103 biology

belief system control of, 135-137 Central Dogma of, 16, 26, 60-61, 63, 68 control of, 68. see also genetic determinism theory

ignoring exceptions to theories, 126-127 membrane-centered, 92 molecular, 23

need for integration of quantum and Newtonian mechanics, 110-111

212
Index
new, 29

quantum physics and, 99 biomedical science

conventional, 111, 125

energy waves and, 117

quantum physics and, 109 biosphere

evolution of our, 185

sustaining life in the, 43,45 blood pressure, high and fetal Cortisol, 175 blood vessel cells, 106 bloodletting, 138 body-mind split, 124-125 bonobo chimps, 200 the brain

brain waves, see brain waves

cells of, 65-66, 75

EEG wave variations of, 163

effect of missing portions of

cerebral cortex, 162

as electrical organ, 120

evolution of, 130-131,133

fluctuating electrical activity of, 162

function of, 130-131

influence of parenting

on development of, 158

parts of, 133,150

rapid information downloading by, 162 brain waves

calmness and Alpha, 165

of children, 163

constructive interference

and, 115-116,118,121,125

destructive interference

and, 116-117,120,125

hypnotherapy and, 163

porpoise and dolphin, 161

types of, 163-165 breast cancer, 115

Brown University School of Medicine, 140 Brown, Walter, 140 Bruno, Giordano, 187

c

C (cytosine), 60-61

Caenorhabditis elegans (nematode), genetic

experimentation of, 64 calmness, Alpha brain waves and, 165 cAMP (cyclic-AMP), 129-130 cancer, 72,110,115,127,142-143 cardiovascular disease, 107,157,175 Carlson, Mary, 179 Carnegie Foundation, 119 Carville, James, 49 CAT scans, 115

causation compared to correlation, 51 cell phones, impact of, 56 cell theory, 60-61. see also Darwinian theory; genetic determinism theory cells

activated, 38

blood vessel, 106

brains of, 65-66, 75-76,128

cloned human, 26

communities of, 129-130

computers compared to, 92

contents of, 37

coordinating signals of, 131

cytoarchitecture of, 21

differentiation, 40

DNA and, 66

electromagnetic radiation

and cellular activity, 111

endothelial, 72-73,135-136,146

enucleated, 65-66, 73, 92

environmental awareness, 15

environmental awareness of, 15

eukaryote, 38

evolution of, 87-88

functions and protein "gears" of, 128

genetic memory of, 39

growth responses of, 136

hereditary information passing, 69

human body compared to, 37-38

identity receptors of, 188-192

immune, 38

importance of environment of, 49-52 intelligence mechanism of, 39 intelligence of, 86-87,165 interconnectivity among information networks of, 104-105, 205 membranes of. see membranes, cell memory (long term and active) of, 38, 63,192

molecular composition of, 52 new gene creation by, 38 nuclei of, 37, 60, 65-66, 92 nucleus removal, 65-66 operation control of, 86 presence of "neural" receptors on body, 132

programmable nature of, 92 protection responses of, 136 protein molecules, see protein molecules receptor proteins of, 83 repeating ordered patterns in, 198 response to environmental stimuli, 146 response to perceptions, 128-129 self-receptor less, 189

213
The Biology of Belief
specialization of, 87-88

specialized communities of, 40,130

structure and function relationship in, 21 cellular intelligence, 86-87 cellular memory, 38, 63,192 Central Dogma

biology, 16, 26, 60-61, 63, 68

molecular biology, 23 cetaceans, cerebral surface of, 161 Chamberlain, David, 156 A Change of Heart (Sylvia), 191 channel proteins, 84-85 channels, membrane, 90 chemical signaling systems,

68-69, 99,111-112,131 child-rearing practices of

peaceful cultures, 179 children

behavior-recoding system of, 164

brain waves of, 163-165

causes of violence in, 180

effect of negative messages on, 164

effects of prenatal environment

on, 156-158

importance of play in learning, 179

importance of touch for, 179-180

learning by observation, 163,164

orphanage raised, 179

parental influence on mental

and physical attributes of, 156,158

prenatal preparation for

survival, 176-177

subconscious mind of, 165

Theta brain waves

and suggestibility of, 163,164 chimps, 163-164, 200 Chinese medicine, 108 chiropractic, 119,159-160 cholera, 126 chromosomes

DNA and, 67

functions of, 60

number in human body, 62 chronic and sustained stress, effects

of, 151-153 chronic diseases, fetal life and, 158 The Church

Copernicus discoveries and, 62

evolution theory and, 42

suppression of science by, 62 Clinton, Bill, 49

collective amoebic consciousness, 27 communication systems, energy sensing, 120

comparative neuroanatomy, 160 complementary medicine, 16 complex behaviors, learning, 168 computer chips, defined, 91 computers, cells compared to, 92 The Concept of Mind (Ryle), 125 conditioned behavioral responses, 133 conditioning, 133 conformation (protein backbone

shape), 55-57 congenital ichthyosis, 123-124,142 conscious conception, 172 conscious mind

ability for spontaneous response

creativity, 169

ability to generate health and disease, 132 ability to override subconscious mind, 134

awareness of "self", 165 cooperation with subconscious mind, 168 effects of conflict with subconscious mind, 159

experience of emotions, 131 future and past time awareness of the, 169

information processing, compared to subconscious mind, 267, 167-168 lack of awareness of subconscious-generated behaviors, 169 level of awareness and control with the, 166

repression for survival enhancement, 150 subconscious control during attention lapses, 169 subconscious mind interdependence with, 127-128

thinking-self nature of the, 170 when we're not paying attention, 169 conscious parenting, 162,173,177-181 conscious pregnancy, 172 constructive brain wave interference,

115-116,116,118,121,125 conventional medicine, 108-109,

112-114,124-125,137 Copernicus, Nicolaus, 62,187 Cornell, B.A., 91

coronary artery disease, 107,157,175 correlation compared to causation, 51 cortex, 133,150

corticotropin-releasing factor (CRF), 148 The Cosmic Code (Pagels), 98 CPUs compared to effector proteins, 92 creationists, 42

CRF (corticotropin-releasing factor), 148

214
Index
Crick, Francis, 22, 60-61 crystals, 90

cultures, peaceful, 179 cyclic-AMP (cAMP), 129-130 cystic fibrosis, 51 cytoarchitecture (cell), 21 cytokines, 99 cytological specialization

(differentiation), 40 cytoplasmic proteins, 59 cytosine (C), 60-61 cytoskeletal effector proteins, 86

D

The Dancing Wu Li Masters

(Zukov), 99-100 Darwin, Charles, 22, 41, 43, 45, 50 Darwinian theory of Evolution

control of individual, 41 hereditary factors and control of lives, 22,60

influence on the Spirit/Science split, 187-188

purpose of life's struggles, 188 struggle and violent nature of humans, 45

violence as the way of the natural

world, 199-200 Darwin's Blind Spot (Ryan), 43-44 de Lamarck, Jean-Baptiste, 41-43, 72,157 de Waal, Frans B.M., 200 death, causes of, 107-108 Delta brain waves, 163 Department of Energy microbial

genome program, 45 depression

antidepressants and, 140-141,152

cause of, 152

genes and, 51

hippocampus, prefrontal cortex and, 152

placebo effect and, 140-141 Descartes, René, 124-125,187 destructive behaviors, trying

to suppress, 172 destructive brain wave interference,

116-117,137,120,125 The Developing Mind (Siegel), 158 Devlin, Bernie, 175 diabetes, 51,157,175 differentiation, 40 digestion pathways, 59 Discovery Health Channel, 140,142 diseases

cancer, 72,110,115,127,142-143

causation compared to correlation, 51

congenital ichthyosis, 123-124,142

cystic fibrosis, 51

detecting non-invasively, 115

diabetes, 51,157,175

energy signatures of, 115

epigenetics and, 72

etiology of, 51

fetal environment influence

on chronic, 158

generation by conscious mind, 132

Germ Theory and, 126

heart, 51,107,157,175

instigation at the molecular

level, 104,110

osteoporosis, 157

Parkinson's, 140

single-gene, 51 DNA

blueprints of, 67

Central Dogma and, 63

chromosomes and, 67

composition of, 60-61

contribution to cellular life, 66

controls exerted by, 23, 26

discovery of genetic code, 22

double helix of, 61

electromagnetic radiation

regulation of, 111

heredity and, 60-61

primacy of, 60-61

proteins and, 67

Regulatory Proteins of, 68

segments that encode proteins, 38

self-replicating nature of, 61 DNA/RNA. see DNA; nucleic acid

molecules dolphins, brains of, 161 double helix (DNA molecules), 61 Double Helix Memory Disk, 92 Drell, Daniel, 45

drinking during pregnancy, 175-176 Drosophila (fruit flies), 64,105 drugs

antibiotics, 44

antidepressants, 140-141,152 antihistamines, 107

dangers of prescription, 105-106,107,113

effects on the body, 28

lack of specificity of, 107

pharmaceutical industry push

of, 109,112-114,138

side-effects of, 105-106,107 Duke University, 70 dysfunctions, biological, see diseases

215
The Biology of Belief
E

Eastern medicine, 108

EEGs (encephalograms), 162,163

effector-receptor proteins, 83, 84-86,

92,148,197 Effexor, 141 Einstein, Albert, 102 electrical pathologies, 108 electromagnetic charges (amino acid)

distribution altering of, 56

impact of changing, 60

interaction of, 53-54

repelling and attraction forces

of, 55, 56-57 electromagnetic frequencies, physical

signals vs, 111-112 electromagnetic spectrum, impact

on biological regulation of, 111 electron microscopes, 20, 22 electrotherapy, 119 The Elements of Euclid, 195 E=mc2,102

Emory University, 200 emotions, 131-135 encephalograms (EEGs), 162,163 endothelial cells, 72-73,135-136,146 energetic signaling mechanisms, 111-112 energy

amplification of, 115

constructive interference

of waves of, 115-116

deflation of, 115

information from, in biological

systems, 114-115

information transfer between

chemical signals and, 111-112

relationship between matter

and, 100,102,103, 704

spectral, 115 energy-based healing therapies, 99-100,

114,119-120,138 energy fields, reading by receptor

proteins, 84 energy medicine, 84,114 energy psychology, 172, 203 energy-scanning devices, 115 energy sensing communication

systems, 120 energy signatures, 100,115 energy waves, 115-118,116,117,121,125 enucleated cells, 92 enucleation of cells, 65-66, 73 environment

cell awareness of, 15

cellular response to, 146 as contractor, 15 control of gene activity, 26-27 energy-based,16 humans as complements of the surrounding, 189 importance of cell, 49-52 perception of, 16-17

protein molecule complements of the, 188

response to, 16 environmental learning mechanisms, 160 environmental signal receptors

of cell membranes, 83 environmental signals, 68-69,148 environmental stimuli, 68-69,132,146 enzymes (effector proteins), 86 Epigenetic Inheritance and Evolution

(Jablonka and Lamb), 72 epigenetic modifications, 71-72 epigenetics, 26-27, 67-73, 70,157-158 estrogen, 107 estrogen receptors, 107 Euclidean geometry, 195 eukaryote cells, 37 evolution

biosphere, 185

brain, 130-131, 133

cell, 87-88

the Church and, 87-88 fractal, 197-198 increase of surface area of membranes and, 197 organic, 42 of physics, 100

repeating ordered patterns in, 198

theories of, 39-46, 87-88

upheavals of, 195 Evolution and the Diversity of Life

(Mayer), 42 The Evolution of an Evolutionist

(Waddington), 43 evolutionary cycle, current, 195 experiential learning (nurture), 160 extinctions, mass, 46,185-186

F

Fantasia (Disney), 185 fats, 52

fears, effects of chronic, 151-154

fetal Cortisol and high blood pressure, 175

fetal nephron formation, stressed mothers

and, 175 fetuses

genetic engineering of, 172

genomic imprinting, 172

216
Index
implicit memory of, 156 importance of parents' attitudes on developing, 173 influence of environment on later chronic diseases, 158 lead exposure and developing, 176 maternal diabetes and, 174 nervous systems of, 156 prenatal environment influences on, 176-177

sensory and learning capabilities of, 156

stress of mothers and development

of, 174-175 fight or flight response, 146,148,150 fire-walking, 126 Flexner Report, 119 Food and Drug Administration, 141 Ford, Henry, 41,143 forebrain, 150 fractal evolution, 197-198 fractal geometry, 195-196 fractal patterns, 198

in nature, 198 free will, 134,169 Freedom of Information Act, 141 Freud, Sigmund, 156 fruit flies (Drosoplrila), genetic

experimentation of, 105 fruit flies, genetic experimentation of, 64

G

G (guanine), 60-61

Gaia hypothesis (Lovelock), 46,185

Gamma brain waves, 165

Gandhi, Mahatma, 144

Garland, Judy, 177

gates, membrane, 90

gears, molecular, 57-59, 58, 59

gene myopia, 157

gene transfer, 44-45

genes

activation of, 51-52

antibodies, creation of, 38

biological control by, 27.

see also genetic determinism theory

cataloguing of, in human bodies, 62-65

creation by immune cells, 38

electromagnetic radiation

and regulation of, 111

environmental control of, 26-27

exchange of, among individuals, 45

Human Genome Project, 62-65

influences on, 67

inter- and intra-species transfer

mechanism, 44-45

lack of self-emergence of, 26 material of, 22

of multicellular organisms, 106

one-gene for one-protein theory, 62

as physical memories

of learned experiences, 45

protein antibody, 38

reading, 67, 68, 86

redundancy of products of, 106

regulation of activity bv environment, 27

Regulatory Proteins and activity of, 68

role of, in humans, 181 genetic-based instincts, 133 genetic determinism theory, see also Darwinian theory

Age of Genetic Determinism, 50, 61

defined, 50

fallacy of, 16, 26, 52

as a metaphor, 52

problems generated from emphasis

on, 50-51

reconsideration of, 157 genetic engineering

commencement of, 22

dangers of, 45

fetal, 172 genetics, molecular, 41 genome science, 44 genomic imprinting of fetuses, 172 geometry, 195-196 Germ Theory, 126 "Ghost in the Machine" (Ryle), 125 Golgi body, 37 "good vibes", 121 Goodman, L., 110 Great Depression, 154 growth processes, inhibiting,

147,148-150,154 growth/protection behaviors, 145-154 growth/protection continuum, 147 growth responses to stimuli, 136,145-154 growth survival mechanisms, 145 guanine (G), 60-61

H

habits, 133

harmonic resonance, 116 Harvard Medical School, 179 "haves" and "have-nots", justification for, 188

healing therapies, energy-based,

99-100,114,119-120,138 health

conscious mind creation of, 132 stress and, 151-153

217
The Biology of Belief
heart disease, 51,157,175

The Heart's Code: The True Stories of Orga,

Transplant Patients (Pearsall), 191 Helfgott, David, 171 hereditary factors, 22, 60 hereditary information, passing, 69 heredity and DNA, 60-61 hindbrain, 150

hippocampus, depression and the, 152 Hippocratic oath, 109 histamine, 106,136 HTV,127

HLA (human leukocytic antigens), 189 holistic flow of information, 103 hormone replacement therapy (HRT),

synthetic, 107 hormones, 112,136,148,150 HPA (Hypothalamus-Pituitary-Adrenal

Axis), 148,149,150-153 HRT (hormone replacement therapy),

synthetic, 107-108 human beings

as complements of the surrounding

environment, 189

as complex signature derived

from the environment, 191

fractal patterns in, 196

as individual frequencies

of White Light, 194

individuality of, 45

instincts of, 161

intelligence of. 162

karma of, 193

made in the image of the Universe, 188 NASA landers compared to, 192-193 role of genes in, 181 as spirit in material form, 193 tendency to turn on ourselves, 201 unique biological identity of, 189 violence among, 200, 201 human body

cataloguing of genes of, 62-65

cell organelles compared to, 37-38

complexity of, 64

effects of drugs on. see drugs

energy sensing communication

systems of, 120

genetic relationship

with other organisms, 64-65

mind control of the, 128,135-137

mind distribution throughout the, 132

mind energy influence on the, 124-125

number of chromosomes in, 62

presence of "neural" receptors throughout, 132

programmed instincts of physiologic mechanisms, 161

protection systems of the, 147-148 protein molecules, number in the, 52 scanning energy spectra of, 115 signaling system of the, 106-107 stress and the, 106-107

Human Genome Project, 62-65

Human Health and Child Development (NTH), 179

human leukocytic antigens (HLA), 189

Huntington's chorea, 51

hydrocephalus, 161-162

hyper-sensory atrophy, 120

hypnosis, 123

hypnotherapy, brain wave activity and, 163 hypothalamus, 148

Hypothalamus-Pituitary-Adrenal Axis (HPA), 148,150,153

I

iatrogenic illnesses, 107-108 ichthyosis, congenital, 123-124,142 identity receptors of cells, 188-192 identity, source of human, 191 ideological control, violence and, 201 illnesses

chronic stress and, 151-153

drugs and, 107-108 immortality and identity receptors, 192 immune cells, 38 immune system

adaptations, 38-39, 42

bacteria, viruses and the, 149-150

HLA and the, 189

specialized cell communities of, 130

stress and the, 149, 149-150 implicit memory, 156 IMPs (Integral Membrane Proteins),

82-86,128,130,136,197 "infantile amnesia", 156 infants

instincts of, 161

memory of, 156

nervous system of, 156 information downloading by the brain, 162 information processing by subconscious

and conscious mind, 167-168 instincts, 133,160,161 intelligence

cellular, 86-87

gene factor of, 175

218
Index
DVTPs as fundamental unit of awareness/, 197 prenatal environment influence on,175-176

repression by survival reflexes, 150-152 Introduction to a Submolecular Biology

(Szent-Gyorgyi), 110 IQj prenatal environment and, 175-176

J

Jablonka, Eva, 72 Jordanova, L.J., 42-43

K

karma, 193 keyboards compared

to receptor proteins, 92 kidney stones, constructive

interference treatment of, 118 kinesiology, 159-160, 204 Kirsch, Irving, 140-141 Koch, Robert, 126 Konigsberg, Irv, 49 Krebs cycle pathways, 59

L

Laibow, Dr. Rima, 163

Lamb, Marion, 72

Lavenda, Robert H., 160-161

lead exposure and developing fetuses, 176

learning complex behaviors, 168

learning, experiential (nurture), 160

learning mechanisms, environmental, 160

Lenton, Timothy, 46

Leon, David, 175

Life in the Womb: The Origin of Health and

Disease (Nathanielsz), 157,175 life, secret of, 143

life-sustaining reflexes, source of, 150

lifestyle, effects of a hyper-vigilant, 152-153

limbic system, emotions and the, 131,132

lipid molecules, 52

liquid crystals, 90

Londe, Sam, 142-143

London School of Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, 175

Lorber, Dr. John, 161-162

Lovelock, James, 46

M

Magical Parent-Magical Child (Mendizza

and Pearce), 178-179 mammograms, electronic imaged, 114 Mandelbrot, Benoit, 196 Mandelbrot set, 196

Mason, Dr. Albert, 123-124,142 Master Gland (pituitary), 148 matter

defined, 101-102

quantum physics model of, 102-103

reductionist model, 102-103

relationship between energy

and, 100,102,103,104 Mayr, Ernst, 41-42,188,198 McClare, C.W.F., 111 Meador, Dr. Clifton, 142-143 medical education, Western, 108-109,138 medical industrial complex, 108 medicinal plants, 120 medicine

alternative, 99-100,108,114,119-120,138

Chinese, 108

complementary, 16

conventional, 108-109,112-114,137

Eastern vs Western, 108

Newtonian physics and, 102

Western, 16,108,112-114,124-125,137 membrane-centered biology, 92 membranes, cell

as brain of the cell, 75-76,128

chemical components of, 80

defined, 90

environmental signal receptors of, 83 evolution defined by the increase of surface area of, 197 evolution of, 87-88 evolution of surface area of, 197 gates and channels, 90 growth responses of, 136 IMP "awareness" proteins of, 130,197 integral proteins of, 82-86 perception switches of, 129,136 phospholipids, 80-81, 81 potential of, 85 protection responses of, 136 reflexive perception switches in, 129 sandwich analogy, 77-80, 82, 84-85,197 silicon semiconductors compared to, 91 stimulus-response mechanism of, 127-128,148 thickness of, 76,197 three-layered structure of, 76 memory, 156

Mendizza, Michael, 178-179 meridians, 108

mice, generic experimentation

of, 64-65, 70-72, 71 microbial genome program (DOE), 45 microscopes, electron, 20, 22

219
The Biology of Belief
the mind

ability to generate molecules of emotion, 132

conscious mind, see conscious mind

control of biology by, 127,135

distribution throughout

human body, 132

fully consciousness of, 29

harnessing the power of, 124-125

influence on the body of, 124-125

self-consciousness of, 133-134

self-reflectiveness of, 134

subconscious mind.

see subconscious mind

superconscious mind, 162 mind-body split, 124-125 Tiie Mind of Your Newborn Baby

(Chamberlain), 156 mind over body, 128,136-137 minds, dual, 166-170 Minelli, Liza, 177 Minelli, Vincent, 177 mitochondria, 37, 88 Modern Science, goal of, 185 molecular biology, Central Dogma of, 23 molecular gears, 57-59 molecular genetics, 41 molecules

control by quantum physics, 110

energy patterns of, 100

non-polar, 80, 82-83

phospholipid, 80-81, 89-90,197

polar, 80, 82-83

polysaccharide, 52

protein, see protein molecules

signal, see signal molecules

thermo-chemical coupling in, 112 Molecules of Emotion (Pert), 132 monoamine signaling chemicals, 152 mood disorders, 157 morphogenesis, 111 Moseley, Dr. Bruce, 139 MRIs, 115

multicellular organisms

ability to respond to external

environmental signals, 132

differentiation, 40-41

history of, 39

number of genes in, 106

signal molecules and, 130 muscle contraction pathways, 59 muscle testing, 159, 204 myosin proteins, 88

N

NASA landers on the Moon

and Mars, 192-193 Nathanielsz, Dr. Peter W., 157,175 National Institutes of Health, 23,114,179 Natural Environment Research

Council (Britain), 46 nature

nurture and, 29, 69

repeating ordered patterns in, 198 negative beliefs, effects of, 142-143 neo-Darwinism, 29,41,188 nerve cells, membrane receptors of, 132 nervous systems

control of growth/protection

behaviors, 147

environmental awareness

and response of, 89

fetus and infant, 156

function of, 40

specialized cell communities of, 130 neural dysfunctions, 107 neural receptors, body cells and, 132 neuroanatomy, comparative, 160 neuroscience, 120 neurotransmitters, 112 New Biology, 29,124,173 Newtonian physics, 99,100,101,

102-104,109-111 Nijhout, H.F., 51-52 nocebos, 142-143

non-polar (hydrophobic) molecules, 82 non-polar molecules, 80 nuclei, cell, 37, 60, 65-66, 92 nucleic acid molecules, 52 nurture, nature and, 160

o

Ob-Gyns, support of parenting by, 174 obesity, 157,175 Occam's razor, 184

On the Revolution of the Heavenly Spheres

(Copernicus), 187 Opportunity Martian rover, 192-193 organ transplants

identity receptors of, 192

self-receptors, 189-190

theory of cellular memory

and, 191-192 organelles, 37-38 organic evolution, 42 organisms

living compared to non-living, 56

multicellular, see multicellular organisms

220
Index
single-celled, 39,129-130 organs, specialized cell communities of, 130

Origin of the Species (Darwin), 22, 41, 60 orphanages, children from, 179 osteoporosis, 157

P

Pagels, Heinz R., 98 Palmer, D.D., 119 paranormal phenomena, 99 parental programming, 177 parenting

adoptive, 180

conscious, 162,173,177-181

inception of influence on children, 156

influence of attitudes on fetal

development, 173

influence on mental and physical

attributes of children, 156,158

ObGyn support, 174 Parkinson's disease, placebo effect and, 140 particles (quantum physics), 102 Pasteur, Louis, 126 pathologies, electrical, 108 Pavlov, Ivan, 133

peaceful cultures and child-rearing

practices, 179 peak performance, Gamma brain waves

and, 165 Pearce, Joseph Chilton, 178-179 Pearsall, Paul P., 191 peptide bonds (amino acid), 53, 55 perception (placebo) effect, 137-141 perception switches of membranes, 136 perceptions

ability to acquire indirectly, 134 cellular response to, 128-129 defined, 87

overriding genetic instincts with learned, 161

responses to stimuli controlled by, 135 Perez, Tim, 140

perinatal development, influences

on, 156-157 Pert, Candace, 132

PET (positron emission tomography) scans, 115

pharmaceutical industry, 109,112-114,138 phospholipid molecules, 80-81, 89-90,197 photons, 100

physical signals vs electromagnetic

frequencies, 111-112 physics

evolution of, 100

Newtonian, 99,100,102-104,109-110 quantum, see quantum physics pituitary gland, 148 placebo effect, 137-141 "Placebo: Mind Over Medicine", 142 play, importance of children's, 179 polar molecules, 80, 82-83 polysaccharide molecules, 52 Pophristic, V., 110 porpoises, brains of, 161 positive beliefs, effects of, 127-128,

137-141,143-144 positron emission tomography (PET)

scans, 115

Pre-Parenting: Nurturing Your Child from

Conception (Verny), 172-173 prefrontal cortex, 133,152 pregnancy

conscious, 172

drinking, smoking and, 175-176 prenatal development, influences

on, 156-158,172-177 prenatal environment, intelligence

and, 175-176 Prescott, James W., 179 prescription drugs, see drugs Primacy of DNA, 61,63, 63, 69 Primacy of Environment, 68, 68, 69 Primate Research Institute, Kyoto

University, 163 prisms and light, 193-194,194 prokaryotes, 76-77 protection responses to stimuli, 136,

145-154

protection survival mechanisms, 145 protein antibody genes, 38 protein gears of cells, 128 protein machines, 58-59 protein molecules

accommodation of, 56

active conformation of, 83

amino acid, see amino acid molecules

assembly of, 52, 59

attraction of complementary, 57

backbones, 55, 56-57, 60-61, 82

balanced state of, 55, 56

channel, 84-85

chaperones (helpers), 55

charged ion removal and addition, 56

code for recreating machinery of, 61

complex interactions between,

104-105, 205

conformations (shapes) of, 55, 55, 56-57 cytoplasmic, 59

221
The Biology of Belief
defined, 63 DNA and, 38, 67

effector-receptor, 83, 84-86, 92,148 electromagnetic radiation regulation of syntheses of, 111 environmental signals and movement of, 128

examples of, 57-59,58, 59 folding, 55

impact of changing parameters of, 104 importance of, 52 interference from electromagnetic fields, 56

mapping protein-protein interactions, 1 myosin, 88

number of, in bodies, 52 pathways, 59

as physical/electromagnetic comple­ments of the environment, 188 positive signals of, 57 receptor-effector, 83-84, 92 shape-shifting, 55, 56 signal generated movement of, 57 synthesizing, 63 transport, 84 ubiquitin, 37

protein-protein interactions, 104-105,105

Prozac, 152

PSYCH-K, 137, 203-205 psychology, energy, 172, 203 psychoses, 157

Q

Quantitative EEG and Neurofeedback

(Rima), 163 quantum biological revolution, 121 quantum physics

applied theory of, 109

atoms, nature of. see atoms

biomedical science and, 109

holistic flow of information, 103

integration of Newtonian mechanics

with, 110-111

model of matter, 102-103

Newtonian physics compared to, 110

relevance to biology, 99

spirituality and, 185 quantum tune-ups, 121 quarks, 100

R

radioesthesia, 119,120 rattlesnake oil cure-all, 138 receptor "antennas", 83

receptor-effector proteins, 83-86,

92,148,197 receptors

adrenaline-sensing, 136

identity, 188-192

immune-related, 190 reductionist model of matter, 102-103 redundancy of biological systems, 105-106 redundant signaling pathways, 106 reflexes, 133,150

reflexive perception switches, 129 Regulatory Proteins, 68 reincarnation and identity receptors, 192 "resilient wonders", 180 "Resonance in Bioenergetics"

(McClare), 111-112 respiration pathways, 59 reverse transcriptase, 68 RNA, 61, 63, 68, 111 Roosevelt, President Franklin D., 154 Ryan, Frank, 43 Ryle, Gilbert, 125

S

sandwich analogy (cell membranes),

77-80, 82, 84-85,197 Sapolsky, Robert M., 200 scanning technologies, non-invasive, 115 schizophrenia, 51 Schonfeld, Janis, 141 Schultz, Emily A., 160-161 science

genome, 14

spirituality and, 184-185 suppression by the Church, 62

Science/Spirit split, 62,186-187

secret of life, 143

The Secret of Life of the Unborn Child

(Verny), 156 the "self", see also conscious mind

awareness of, 165

download of, from the environment, 191

identity receptors and, 192 self-consciousness, 133-134,166-170.

see also conscious mind self-emergence, 26 self-receptorless cells, 189 self-receptors, 189-190 self-reflectiveness, 134,169 self-sabotaging beliefs, 203 serotonin, 152 Share, Lisa J., 200 sheep, pregnant, 175 Siegel, Dr. Daniel J., 158 signal-generated protein movements, 57

222
Index
signal molecules

distribution of mind throughout human body via, 132

of evolved closed cell communities, 130 fundamental human, 130 released into environment, 129 of single-celled organisms, 129 signal receptors, environmental, 83 signal transduction, 84 signal transfer, survival and, 112 signaling pathways, redundant, 106 signaling systems

chemical, 68-69, 99,111-112,131 energetic, 111-112 specificity of, 106-107 signals

behavior regulating, 132 cellular coordinating (mind), 131 chemical, 68-69, 99,111-112,131 chemical communication (emotion), 131-132

environmental, 68-69,128,146

physical, 111-112

protein molecule, 57 silicon semiconductors, 91 single-celled organisms

living in community, 129-130

original organisms, 39

signal molecules of, 129 smoking during pregnancy, 175-176 sodium-potassium ATPase channel pro­tein, 85 somatic hypermutation, 38 somatosensory affective disorder, 179-180 specialized cells, 40, 87-88,130 spectral energy, 115 Spirit Martian rover, 192-193 Spirit/Science split, 62,186-188 spirituality

quantum physics and, 185

science and, 184-185 spontaneous remissions (cancer), 127 SSRI antidepressants, 152 Stanford University, 200 Stanford University School of Medicine, 26 stem cell cloning, 49 stimulus-response

mechanisms of, 127-128,148

perceptions and, 135 stress, 106

stress, effects of, 151-153 stress hormones, effects of, 136,148-150 stress stimuli, HPA axis and, 148,150,151-152

strokes, 107,157 "struggle for life", 41 subatomic particles, 100 subconscious mind

of children, 165

conscious mind interdependence

with, 127-128,168

conscious mind overriding of, 134

conscious unawareness

of behaviors generated by the, 169

control by, during conscious lapses, 169

cooperation with conscious mind, 168

defined, 165-166

effects of conflict

with conscious mind, 159

environmental stimuli processing

by, 166-170

function of the, 166

information processing, compared

to conscious mind, 267, 167-168

lack of misperception monitoring

in the, 134

lack of self-awareness of the, 170 limitations programmed into the, 170 memory system of die, 134 neurological processing abilities of the, 128

present time focus of the, 169 reflexive nature of actions of, 133 reprogramming the, 171,172 speed of the, 166

stimulus-response playback nature

of the, 134 success, impediments to, 170 sugars, complex, 52 "superconscious" mind, 162 superweeds, 45

surgery, placebo effect and, 139 survival

dependence on human learning for, 160-161

mechanisms for, 145-154 opposing mechanisms of, 146 prenatal preparation for, 176-177 repression of conscious mind for, 150 signal transfer and, 112 survival imperative, 40 survival of the fittest, 46,199 Survival of the Most Loving, 202 swimming instinct of infants, 161 switches, membrane perception, 136 Sylvia, Claire, 191 symbiotic relationships, 43-44 Systems Biology, 44

223
The Biology of Belief
Szent-Gyorgyi, Albert, 110

T

T (thymine), 60-61 Taylor, Tim, 28 Temin, Howard, 68 theories

evolution, 39-46, 87-88 genetic determinism, sec genetic determinism Germ Theory, 126 one-gene for one-protein, 62 therapies, energy-based healing,

99-100,114,119-120 thermo-chemical coupling

in molecules, 112 Theta brain waves, 163-165 thinking, effect of HP A axis on, 149,150 thinking self, 170 Thomas, Jeremy, 46 thymine (T), 60-61 tissue culture techniques, 50 tissues and organs, specialized

cell communities of, 130 TMS (transcranial magnetic

stimulation), 120 touch, importance of, 179-180 traits (organism), determinants of, 61 transducers, 91

transgenerational transmission of acquired characteristics, 41-43,157

transport proteins, 84

Tree of Evolution, position of organisms on the, 160

"truths", acquisition of, 134

u

ubiquitin proteins, 37 unconscious mind, see subconscious mind universal donor tissues, theory of, 190 the Universe

beings made in the image of, 188 nature of, 102 University of Melbourne, 175 University of Pittsburgh School

of Medicine, 175 University of Southampton, England, 175 University of Wisconsin School

of Medicine, 22 US Department of Health and Human

Services, 140

V

vacuoles, 37

Verny, Dr. Thomas, 156,172-173

vibrational energy therapies, 120

victims, gene, 17, 27

violence

causes of, 180, 201

as a human characteristic, 41,199-200 viruses, immune system and, 149-150

w

Waddington, C.H., 43 warts, 123

Watson, James, 22, 60-61

waveforms as therapeutic agents, 118-119

waves

atomic, 117-118

brain, set brain waves

quantum physics, 102 Weinhold, F., 110-111 Weismann, August, 42 Western medicine, 16,108-109,

112-114,124-125,137 White Light, 194 will power, 171 Williams, Rob, 137, 203-205 Wintour, E. Marilyn, 175 womb, influence on child

of life in the, 156-158 Woods, Tiger, 177 wounds, arsenic treatment of, 138

z

Zoloft, 152

Zukov, Gary, 99-100

224
Personal tools